5 views

Uploaded by fazil patel

BE Civil program contents

- Online Civil Download Links
- edited imrad introduction
- 298cv@Structural
- Katoh 1982 Aquacultural-Engineering
- 94518774-RCC31-One-Way-Slabs-a-D
- RCC31 One-way Slabs (a&D)
- 345382927-NOC348_56364 W
- CONTOH Surat Lamaran Kerja Bhs Eng
- 354954731 Shetkari Dakhla Required Doc
- Work to Go.xls
- Sample-Curricula-Bachelor-of-Science-in-Civil-Engineering.pdf
- List of Journals - 2018
- Conveyor Truss Connections Calcs_02
- Khaireni Road
- Introduction to Civil Engineering Works
- Temporary Office 16.5 8
- Module Introduction BETR2061 Latest
- Design Slab Mere
- 0B1ibKQuQUIfTYklVN2NKNzdhVGM(1)
- A Re-definition of the Stiffness of Reinforced Concrete Elements and its Implication in Seismic Design

You are on page 1of 422

& TECHNOLOGY

Bachelor of Engineering

(Civil)

Programme Documents

&

Unit Descriptions

2013

Table of Contents

Index Page No.

1.0 BACKGROUND INFORMATION 4

1.1 Rationale 4

1.2 Aims and Objective 5

1.3 Graduate Profile 5

1.4 Programme Philosophy 6

2.0 PROGRAMME REGULATIONS 6

2.1 Admission Requirements 6

2.2 Award of Degree 6

3.0 PROGRAMME STRUCTURE 7

3.1 General 7

3.2 Compulsory Units 7

3.3 Elective Units 7

3.4 Delivery Mode 7

3.5 Order of Delivery / Table 1 – Table 3 7 - 10

4.0 ASSESSMENT 11

4.1 Assessment Philosophy 11

4.2 Methods of Assessment 11

4.3 Criteria for Assessment 11

5.0 TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS 11

5.1 Introduction 11

5.2 Methods 12

6.0 MONITORING, EVALUATING AND REVIEWING OF PROGRAMME 12

6.1 Board of Studies 12

6.2 Examination Board 12

6.3 On-going Monitoring 12

6.4 External Moderation 13

6.5 Industry Advisory Committee (IAC) 13

7.0 UNIT INFORMATION 14 - 21

22

8.0 PROGRAMME UNIT DESCRIPTOR

English for Academic Studies 23 – 34

Engineering Computation 1 35 - 45

Engineering Physics 46 – 56

Engineering Graphics 57 - 67

Material Science 68 – 78

Introduction to Electrical and Electronics Engineering 79 – 89

Introduction to Computer Programming 90 – 100

Engineering Mechanics 101 – 110

Workshop Practice 111 – 121

Engineering Computation 2 122 – 132

Surveying for Engineers 133 – 142

Geomechanics 143 – 152

Hydraulics 1 153 – 163

2

Structural Mechanics for Engineers 164 – 174

Engineering Geology 175 – 184

Engineering Analysis and Problem Solving 185 – 194

Earthworks, Curves & Hydrographic Survey 195 – 205

Hydraulics 2 206 – 216

ODEs & Numerical Analysis 217 – 227

Design and Analysis of Timber Structures 228 – 237

Design and Analysis of Steel Structures 238 - 247

Geotechnical Engineering 248 – 256

Engineering Hydrology 257 – 266

Reinforced Concrete Structures 267 - 275

Foundation Engineering 276 - 284

Civil Measurement and Tendering 285 – 294

Design of Masonry Structures (Project) 295 – 306

Airport Engineering 307 – 316

Water Resource Engineering 317 - 326

Civil Engineering Technology 327 – 337

Highway Engineering & Design Application 338 – 348

Ports, Harbor & Basic Coastal Engineering 349 – 360

Project Management 361 – 370

Irrigation Engineering 371 – 380

Structural Analysis 381 – 389

Earthquake Engineering 390 – 399

Advanced Water Engineering Project 400 - 422

3

College of Engineering, Science and Technology

School of Building & Civil Engineering

Bachelor of Engineering (Civil)

with existing five colleges in Fiji. The merger of the six colleges brings to the

birth of the Fiji National University (FNU). Among the colleges of said

university are the College of Engineering, Science and Technology (CEST).

Bachelor of Engineering are offered in CEST including Bachelor of

Engineering (Civil), which is duly approved by the industry and FNU Senate.

The Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) started in January year 2010.

On October 2011, CEST/FNU decided to adopt common units for year 1 of

Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and

Electrical Engineering. The introduction of the common units affected the

existing Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering programme and its

syllabus needs realignment/adjustment to cater for the common units.

The realignment of the whole Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) is now

presented in this document.

1.1 Rationale

FNU has a responsibility to the Nation, the student and to industry. The

student and industry in their turn have a responsibility to their chosen

profession. In these days of ever widening access to tertiary education

a bachelor’s degree is rapidly becoming the minimum qualification for

gaining entry to para-professional as well as to professional

employment. It is therefore seen as being of vital importance to all

parties to enable each student to reach the highest level of education of

which he or she is capable. In practice this means that the best

students should aspire to degree. This is the reason FNU offers a

Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) programme, to cater the needs of the

industry and to help aspiring and deserving students to fulfill their

dreams.

The curriculum documents have also been prepared to comply with the

requirements of The General Academic Statute of the Fiji Institute of

Technology and more recently the University Academic and Student

Regulations (UASR) of the Fiji National University (FNU).

4

1.2 Aims and Objectives

To educate students in the field of Civil Engineering in order to prepare

them for careers in engineering industry, professional engineers,

entrepreneurs, and enable them to become a leader in their field of

expertise. The objectives of the programme are to;

civil engineering fundamentals.

problems in engineering by providing them instructions in analysis,

development, design and practical work in the various field of civil

engineering.

oriented research in different fields of civil engineering.

and adaptive research.

professionalism, cultural diversity, globalization, environmental

impact and social and economic impact in engineering practice.

impact that can create wealth to the nation.

educated work force and imply minimal costs to the operation.

The profile for student graduating in Bachelor of Civil Engineering is to

produce competent civil engineers that will become the “leading lights”

of the industry. A successful candidate who completed said field of

study should have and be able to have:

environmental engineering, geotechnical engineering, materials

engineering, structural engineering, surveying, and in municipal and

urban engineering in designing a safe and reliable vertical

engineering structures, i.e., residential houses, office and

commercial buildings;

roadway structures, irrigation structures and other water resource

engineering structures;

engineering office, application of safe construction and project

management in vertical and horizontal construction

5

d) Act as an effective channel of communication between the

engineering team and the labour force.

associated with the application of modern management techniques.

generally facilitate the process of satisfying many legal requirements

to which the industry is obliged to conform.

whether through project/investigative work or through more traditional

teaching methods. Courses provide a mixture of theory to develop the

intellectual skills of the student, with hands-on activities to develop the

practical skills, which are vital to the practicing eengineers.

The minimum entry requirement for admission to Bachelor of

Engineering (Civil), is a pass in Fiji Form Seven with at least obtaining a

mark of 70 % in English, Physics, Mathematics, Technical Drawing or in

Chemistry.

The students are admitted directly in the second year with credit

transfer option on completion of F.N.U. Diploma in Civil Engineering or

equivalent from any other university/institution. The students with

Advanced Diploma in Civil Engineering or equivalent are admitted in the

third year of the engineering programme.

Enrolment in the programme is done after duly verifying all the

documents including transcripts, birth certificate, identification etc. Final

enrolment is confirmed only after he or she pays the full fees or makes

alternative arrangements with the finance department in writing.

To be considered for the award of the Bachelor of Civil Engineering the

candidate must have:

480 credit points.

engineering firm in Fiji and overseas for a period of 6 months during

the course of study.

6

3.0 Programme Structure

3.1 General

semesters. The student will be expected to undergo 6 months

engineering work attachments within these eight semesters to

complete the programme. The programme consists of 35 units drawn

from levels 5 to 7. The maximum duration of the program is six years.

Students who do not complete this programme within six years should

be automatically considered that they do not complete the programme

and are not eligible for the award of the degree.

The majority of the units are compulsory as given in Table 1.

The choice of elective units is offered in year 3 and 4. Elective units

may be withdrawn if there are less than ten students in an elective unit.

The elective units may be changed from time to time to suit the

requirements of the industry/availability of the faculty member in the

college.

The programme is full-time based on 18 weeks per semester. Intakes

are at the beginning of each academic year and students proceed from

one semester to another until semester eight as mentioned in the

UASR.

Units are tabled according to the year/semester in the Programme

Descriptions (Table 1 and Table 2). Unit content instruction should be

delivered chronologically as itemized in the Unit Descriptors.

7

Table 1. Programme Descriptor

(Civil)

Year One

Semester 1 Semester 2

Unit Code Unit Title Unit Code Unit Title

LNG501 English for Academic Studies BEN506 Introduction to Electrical & Electronics

Engineering

BEN502 Engineering Computation 1 BEN601 Engineering Computation 2

BEN503 Engineering Physics BEN507 Introduction to Computer Programming

BEN504 Engineering Graphics BEN508 Engineering Mechanics

BEN505 Material Science BEN 509 Workshop Practice

Year Two

Semester 1 Semester 2

Unit Code Unit Title Unit Code Unit Title

BEC602 Surveying for Engineers BEC607 Engineering Analysis & Problem Solving

BEC603 Geomechanics BEC608 Earthworks, Curves & Hydrographic

Survey

BEC604 Hydraulics 1 BEC609 Hydraulics 2

BEC605 Structural Mechanics for Engineers BEC610 ODEs & Numerical Analysis

BEC606 Engineering Geology

Year Three

Semester 1 Semester 2

Unit Code Unit Title Unit Code Unit Title

BEC701 Design and Analysis of Timber Structures BEC705 Reinforced Concrete Structure

BEC702 Design and Analysis of Steel Structures BEC706 Foundation Engineering

BEC703 Geotechnical Engineering BEC707 Civil Measurement & Tendering

BEC704 Engineering Hydrology BEC708 Design of Masonry Structures (Project)

BEC709 Airport Engineering (Elective)

Year Four

Semester 1 Semester 2

Unit Code Unit Title Unit Code Unit Title

BEC710 Water Resource Engineering BEC714 Project Management

BEC711 Civil Engineering Technology BEC716 Structural Analysis

BEC712 Highway Engineering & Design Application BEC718 Advance Water Engineering Project

BEC713 Ports, Harbor & Basic Coastal Engineering BEC715 Irrigation Engineering (Elective)

BEC717 Earthquake Engineering (Elective)

There is a considerable degree of flexibility tolerated for students who wish to break their

studies, have to resit examinations or repeat units. The only stipulation being

Re-sits and repeats can only be taken when the unit is next offered officially.

The final outcome for graduation must be the accumulation of 35 appropriate units plus the

mandatory 6 months industrial experience. The student should submit the Work Experience

Record Book to the school duly signed by the employer.

8

Table 2. Programme Structure

Total Total Self

Period Unit Code Technical Description Level Contact Directed Credit

Hours Learning Total Hours Points

Hours

Year LNG501 English for Academic Studies 5 84 96 180 12

1,Sem 1 BEN502 Engineering Computation 1 5 75 105 180 12

BEN503 Engineering Physics 5 84 96 180 12

BEN504 Engineering Graphics 5 90 90 180 12

BEN505 Material Science 5 84 96 180 12

Subtotal 417 483 900 60

Year BEN506 Introduction to Electrical & Electronics 5 84 96 180 12

1,Sem 2 Engineering

BEN507 Introduction to Computer Programming 5 84 96 180 12

BEN508 Engineering Mechanics 5 73 107 180 12

BEN509 Workshop Practice 5 114 66 180 12

BEN601 Engineering Computation 2 6 98 82 180 12

Subtotal 453 447 900 60

Year BEC602 Surveying for Engineers 6 70 110 180 12

2,Sem 1 BEC603 Geomechanics 6 91 89 180 12

BEC604 Hydraulics 1 6 91 89 180 12

BEC605 Structural Mechanics for Engineers 6 70 110 180 12

BEC606 Engineering Geology 6 82 98 180 12

Subtotal 404 496 900 60

Year BEC607 Engineering Analysis and Problem Solving 6 70 140 210 14

2,Sem 2 BEC608 Earthworks, Curves & Hydrographic Survey 6 70 170 240 16

BEC609 Hydraulics 2 6 70 170 240 16

BEC610 ODEs & Numerical Analysis 6 84 126 210 14

Subtotal 294 606 900 60

Year BEC701 Design and Analysis of Timber Structures 7 82 128 210 14

3,Sem 1 BEC702 Design and Analysis of Steel Structures 7 82 128 210 14

BEC703 Geotechnical Engineering 7 82 158 240 16

BEC704 Engineering Hydrology 7 70 170 240 16

Subtotal 316 584 900 60

Year BEC705 Reinforced Concrete Structures 7 70 170 240 16

3,Sem 2 BEC706 Foundation Engineering 7 70 140 210 14

BEC707 Civil Measurement and Tendering 7 70 170 240 16

BEC708 Design of Masonry Structures (Project) 7 98 112 210 14

Elective

BEC709 Airport Engineering 7 70 140 210 14

Subtotal 308 592 900 60

Year BEC710 Water Resource Engineering 7 70 170 240 16

4,Sem 1 BEC711 Civil Engineering Technology 7 70 140 210 14

BEC712 Highway Engineering & Design Application 7 76 164 240 16

BEC713 Ports, Harbor &Basic Coastal Engineering 7 78 132 210 14

Subtotal 294 606 900 60

Year BEC714 Project Management 7 70 140 210 14

4,Sem 2 BEC716 Structural Analysis 7 70 170 240 16

BEC718 Advance Water Engineering Project 7 150 90 240 16

Elective(Choose one elective for study)

BEC715 Irrigation Engineering 7 70 140 210 14

BEC717 Earthquake Engineering 7 70 170 240 16

Subtotal 360 540 900 60

Attachment ( 6 months relevant on-the job – training in any Field of Civil Engineering from reputable Engineering firm in Fiji or overseas

during the course of study)

9

Table 3 Pre-requisite for every unit

Code Programme Title Pre – requisite

Year 1

LNG501 English for Academic Studies Upon due admission in the

programme

BEN502 Engineering Computation 1 -do-

BEN503 Engineering Physics -do-

BEN504 Engineering Graphics -do-

BEN505 Material Science -do-

BEN506 Introduction to Electrical and Electronics -do-

Engineering

BEN601 Engineering Computation 2 BEN502

BEN507 Introduction to Computer Programming BEN502

BEN508 Engineering Mechanics BEN503

BEN509 Workshop Practice -do-

Year 2

BEC602 Surveying for Engineers BEN601

BEC603 Geomechanics BEN508

BEC604 Hydraulics 1 BEN503

BEC605 Structural Mechanics for Engineers BEN508

BEC606 Engineering Geology BEN505

BEC607 Engineering Analysis and Problem Solving BEN601

BEC608 Earthworks, Curves & Hydrographic Survey BEC602

BEC609 Hydraulics 2 BEC604

BEC610 ODEs & Numerical Analysis BEN601

Year 3

BEC701 Design and Analysis of Timber structures BEC605

BEC702 Design and Analysis of Steel Structures BEC605

BEC703 Geotechnical Engineering BEC603

BEC704 Engineering Hydrology BEC609

BEC 705 Reinforced Concrete Structures BEC605

BEC706 Foundation Engineering BEC605

BEC707 Civil Measurement and Tendering BEC702

Bec708 Design of Masonry Structures (Project) BEC605

Year 4

BEC710 Water Resource Engineering BEC704

BEC711 Civil Engineering Technology BEC707

BEC712 Highway Engineering & Design Application BEC608

BEC713 Ports, Harbor & Basic Coastal Engineering BEC609

BEC714 Project Management BEC707

BEC716 Structural Analysis BEC605

BEC718 Advance Water Engineering Project BEC710

Electives

Year 3

BEC709 Airport Engineering BEC703

Year 4

BEC715 Irrigation Engineering BEC710

BEC717 Earthquake Engineering BEC703

10

4.0 Assessment

4.1 Assessment Philosophy

Details are expanded below.

with evidence on which to base its recommendations regarding the award

of grades. The primary tool for summative assessment is by final

examination. These will normally be of either two or three hours duration as

appropriate to the subject matter. An additional ten minutes reading time

will be allowed. In preparing examination papers, consideration will be

given to the level of attainment of the candidates. The aim being to move

the candidates progressively from closed type problem solving towards a

more open ended style of examination question. The aim of formative

assessment is to guide and encourage the student to meet the

performance criteria set out in each of the unit descriptors. Its primary

purpose is therefore educational. The primary tool for formative

assessment is the assignment. Assignments are used to develop the

students’ problem solving skills and to provide guidance as to the level of

attainment expected. Marks for assignment work reflect the degree to

which the student has met the performance criteria. Comments on the

student’s submission indicate how the work could be improved to better

meet those criteria. Assignments also form the basis of the tutorial

programme where the emphasis is on active rather than passive learning.

Laboratory exercises are an essential part of the assessment procedure.

They are assessed on the basis of a report of the work carried out and the

conclusions drawn. As part of the exercise, the student is expected to

conduct a literature search and review.

All units require that a student obtain a total mark of 50%. In units with final

examinations the student must also obtain the stated minimum mark in the

examination. Laboratory assignments must be completed to an acceptable

standard. Attendance at laboratory sessions and completion of laboratory

reports are compulsory.

5.1 Introduction

the aims and objectives of the programme. In the initial stages of the

process of intellectual development the student will be guided towards the

achievement of a successful outcome to each activity. In later stages

however, this guidance will be reduced so as to encourage the student to

become a self-motivated independent learner.

11

5.2 Methods

the solution of both closed and open-ended problems in engineering

design and construction. Classroom-based activities will emphasise active

participation in the learning process. In the early stages students will

participate in tradition problem solving activities. Students will be expected

to supply reasoned arguments in support of their approaches to solving

assignment problems. Later on and as a pre-requisite to solving more

open-ended problems, students will be encouraged to extend their

knowledge base through directed study of externally available resource

material. In the final semester the students will be required to carry out a

design project based on civil engineering practice. The project will be

directed towards an actual engineering problem in Fiji and will require

integration of knowledge from different parts of the programme syllabus.

review, discuss and amend programme curricula.

discuss and amend individual results by consensus at the end of every

stage.

make adjustments according to various inputs including

a) new technologies

b) new industrial practices legislation

c) new educational developments

d) changes to staff responsibilities

e) employers and the Industry Advisory Committee

f) the Academic Board

g) the student body

h) staff training roster

i) reviews by external consultants etc.

Management System procedures which ensure timely scheduling and

recording of various meetings, regular calls to employer groups, launching

and recording questionnaires, setting of internal and external reviews and

maintaining close liaisons with industries, governments and educational

bodies locally and abroad.

12

6.4 External Moderation

fields.

Secretary: Head of School, School of Building & Civil Engineering

Members: Representatives from:

Ministry of Public Works

Fiji Institute of Engineers

Private Companies

13

7.0 UNIT INFORMATION

YEAR ONE

The unit is designed as an integrated, activity based unit, this course aims to equip the

student with the skills required to communicate ideas of a technical nature clearly and

succinctly. Modes of communication addressed in this course include written, oral,

graphical and symbolic forms. This unit also aims to improve the student’s study skills and

to encourage independent learning. The syllabus includes communication theory,

intrapersonal communication, non-verbal communication, influence of culture on

communication, group processes, strategies to manage conflict, structure and delivery of

oral presentation, research and writing analytical reports.

The unit aims to provide the students with the mathematical knowledge and expertise

required for their engineering studies. The syllabus of the unit includes review of basic

principles of linear algebra and trigonometric functions, differential calculus, integral

calculus and finite integration.

The syllabus of the unit includes the study of laws of motion, work and energy, wave optics,

nuclear physics, electromagnetism, atomic and quantum structure.

drawings. Course content includes introduction to basic sketching techniques, application

of pictorial, orthographic and auxiliary projection, visualization and production of sectional

representations, manual drafting techniques applied to drawing machines, introduction to

AUTOCAD and solid works, standards for lettering and paper layout and requirements for

both detail and assembly drawings, additional representations for surface finish, geometric

tolerancing, keyways, welding and fabrication, abbreviations applied to engineering

drawings, constructional techniques, for locus of a point, helix construction, intersection and

development.

The syllabus of the unit includes structures and imperfections of crystalline solids , diffusion

in materials, solidification of metals and alloys, deformation and strengthening, heat

treatments of metals and alloys, failure and fracture toughness of materials ,structure and

properties of engineering ceramics, structure and properties of polymers, cement and

concrete, masonry, timbers, aggregates, paints and other surface finishing.

The syllabus includes Kirchoff’s laws, concept and terminology of nodal analysis to solution

of simple resistive networks, Venin’s and Norderm’s theorem , the transient analysis,

digital electronics, Boolean algebra, the combinational logic circuits, the flip flops and

14

sequential circuits, Analog electronics and discrete amplifying devices and circuits.

The purpose of this paper is to give the student a good understanding of computer

hardware and develop the ability to formulate the logic for general problems and writing

programs with syntax. The syllabus includes Computer Hardware, System Software,

Linux Fundamentals, Data Types, Control Structures, Arrays and Functions, Structures

and Unions and Object-Oriented Programming.

The syllabus includes the study of the theoretical principle of analysis of forces in

equilibrium of different concurrent force systems and parallel force systems, scalars and

vectors, dot and cross products, force moment and couple, resultants and free body

diagrams, trusses, torsion, centroids and second moment of area and friction.

The syllabus includes the history and overview of manufacturing and technology, safety in

the workshop and introduction to occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations,

principles of design considerations, material selection and manufacturing processes,

structure, mechanical behavior and testing of materials , introduction to manufacturing

processes such as milling, drilling, turning, welding (practical and theoretical), and

advanced machining operations such as CNC and EDM (theoretical), fundamentals of

cutting tools and processes (range: tool geometry, speeds feeds), properties of materials,

ferrous and non-ferrous, heat treatment of ferrous metals and alloys.

The unit aims to introduce to the student an understanding of advanced calculus and the

ability to formulate and solve models of complex engineering systems. The syllabus

includes vectors and geometry of space, vector functions, partial derivatives, multiple

integrals; vector Fields, Laplace Transforms and Fourier series.

YEAR TWO

The unit introduces the elementary methods of conducting small scale land surveys and

acquaint students with the surveying profession and its relationship with civil engineering.

The syllabus includes: Correction in linear measurement due to sag, temperature, tension

calibration, slope and curvature; Angular measurements using compass and Theodolite

surveying instrument, angle distance and bearing calculations; levelling; setting out of

vertical and horizontal control on the ground, principle of Tacheometry, use of planimeter;

area and volume calculations; Theodolite traverse which lead to the plotting of topographic

maps; Tacheometry to determine horizontal and vertical control of land survey, surveying

calculations including area calculations and volume calculations of cut and fill; use of global

positioning system(GPS) for control surveys, topographic surveys and staking out of control

points on the ground.

15

Geomechanics (BEC603)

This unit introduces the concept of total stress, pore water pressure, effective stress and its

implications on the behavior of soils. The syllabus includes the analysis of two phase and

three phase of soils; study of hydraulic properties of soil such as the permeability and

seepage, Darcy Law, and Laplace equations and flow nets including sketching, critical

hydraulic gradients, uplift pressures on weirs, shear strength of soil consisting of undrained

and drained parameters ( and cand ’ and c’); application of Mohr circle in the analysis

of shear strength parameters (long term ’ and c’) of soil; conduct of shear box laboratory

test, vane test and triaxial test to determine the shear strength parameters of soil.

Hydraulics 1 (BEC604)

This unit deals with the analysis of fluid at rest, fluid in motion and the dynamic effect of

forces created by the moving liquid. The syllabus of the unit are: study of total hydrostatic

pressure in plane and curved surface, buoyant force, stability of floating bodies,

dimensional analysis and hydraulic similitude by Buckingham Pi Theorem, application of

different hydraulic model laws ( Reynolds’s Model Law, Froude Model Law, Euler Model

Law, Weber Model Law, Mach model law) in analysis of water engineering structures;

pipeline system including minor losses in pipes, friction losses in pipes, pipes in series,

pipes in parallel, pipe network analysis by Hardy Cross method and Linearization method;

Analysis of the net positive suction head (NPSH) of pump and pump selection; Steady

open channel flow including analysis of best economic trapezoidal section, specific

energy, critical depth of flow, rapidly varying flow, hydraulic jump , gradually varying flow,

classification of surface profiles, and the analysis of backwater profile by direct step and

numerical integration methods, analysis of turbo machinery.

The unit deals with the application of elastic analysis of statically indeterminate beams

and frames using moment distribution method, three moment equation, slope deflection

equation. It also includes deflection analysis by double integration method, area moment

method, conjugate beam method and virtual work method. This theoretical knowledge of

structural analysis are mandatory for engineering student to learn being the first step in

structural design of reinforced concrete, structural steel and timber structures. It also

includes engineering analysis of suspended cables, arches, retaining wall, small gravity

dams and simple suspension bridge.

The unit aims to extend the students’ knowledge of the origin, composition, structure, and

history of Earth. Also, to develop an appreciation of the importance of geology to Civil

Engineering particularly with regards to the sensitive development of natural earth

resources and the need to take account of ecological and environmental protection

matters. Syllabus includes study of minerals and rocks; classification of rocks into igneous

rocks, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks; the study of land forming process; volcanoes

and volcanic activity study geothermal plant as source of renewable energy; ground water

hydrology; glaciology; structural geology and plate tectonics; marine geology, geophysics.

16

Engineering Analysis and Problem Solving (BEC607)

The unit provides students with MATLAB knowledge and create awareness that MATLAB

can be a powerful computing tool to solve many engineering problems. The syllabus

includes using MATLAB for arithmetic operations, taking advantage of Math built-in-

functions in programming; creating one(vector) and two(matrix) dimensional arrays ; Array

addition and subtraction, array multiplication and addition, element by element operation,

using arrays in MATLAB built-in-math function, two dimensional plots of given data;

polynomials, curve fitting and interpolation; three dimensional plotting with special

graphics; application of MATLAB in numerical analysis of engineering problem solving.

The unit introduces the basic principles and analysis of earthworks, roadway curves and

the basic principle of hydrographic surveying in order to increase the students’ depth of

knowledge in the field of engineering surveying. It is a necessary knowledge for

engineering students to have an in-depth theoretical knowledge of geometrical design of

horizontal alignment [simple curve, horizontal compound curve, horizontal reverse curve,

and the clothoid (spiral easement curve)] and vertical alignment [symmetrical vertical

parabolic curve and unsymmetrical vertical parabolic curve] of roadway. It also includes the

analysis of horizontal movement of earthworks such as the preparation of earthwork mass

diagram. The unit further give emphasis to the study of the basic principle of hydrographic

surveying such as measurement of discharge of river by slope area method or by using

current meters or floats.

Hydraulics 2 (BEC609)

flow problems, i.e., unsteady rapidly varied flow and numerical analysis of gradually varied

flow in open channel using the explicit finite difference quotient method, solitary surge

waves propagation [upstream positive surge wave, upstream negative surge wave,

downstream positive surge wave & downstream negative surge wave due either to partial

rapid closure or opening of sluice gate ], sediment transport, design of erodible and non

erodible channel using the tractive force method, pipe and pump analysis, pipe network

analysis using linearization method , principle of water hammer, principle of surge tank

analysis, hydraulic analysis of control regulating structures and control measurement

structures.

The unit introduces the principle of Ordinary Differential Equations (ODEs) & Numerical

Analysis and create awareness of its importance in solving engineering problems. The

syllabus includes first and second orders ordinary differential equations; numerics in

general; numeric linear algebra and numeric for ODEs and PDEs.

17

YEAR THREE

The unit deals with the importance of structural design codes in the design of timber

structures and develop the students’ ability to determine the structural design loads to

which an engineering timber structure will be subjected. It also includes the procedural step

of designing wooden bearer, wooden post, timber floor deck, timber trusses and the

connection details between each part of the different components of timber building

structures.

The unit deals with the importance of structural design codes in the design of steel

structures and develop the students’ ability to determine the structural design loads to

which an engineering steel structure will be subjected. It also includes the procedural step

of designing universal structural beams, structural steel stanchions, structural steel floor

trim deck, different kinds of steel truss and the connection details between each part of the

different components of building structures made of structural steel.

The syllabus of the unit are: Determination of shear strength parameters of cohesive and

cohesionless soil ; Ultimate bearing capacity of shallow foundations using Terzaghi theory

and Meyerhoff theory; analysis of lateral active and passive earth pressure of a retaining

wall by Rankine theory and Coulomb Wedge theory; analysis of slope stability of roadway

embankment by Swedish method , Bishop method or by the use of Taylor Chart ; analysis

of cantilever and anchored sheet pile wall; Structural analysis of gravity retaining wall,

analysis of axial capacity of pile foundations and bearing capacity of rock foundations.

The unit aims to introduce to the students the study of the principles of hydrology and its

importance in flood estimation which includes the importance meteorological data like

evaporation, transpiration precipitation percolation, formation of clouds and the hydrologic

cycle and ground water hydrology. It also includes the study of four different methods of

flood forecasting to determine the design discharge of a river, such as: Flood Frequency

Analysis (FFA), Intensity Frequency Duration (IFD) Curve, Unit Hydrograph and Runoff

routing method.

airports, dams, roads and many other important parts of today's modern infrastructure.

Whilst it is inherently strong in compression, its weakness in tension is offset by suitable

steel reinforcement which is initially either unstressed or prestressed. This results in a

composite material which requires a detailed understanding of its behavior before safe and

economical designs can be produced. Accordingly this course provides a detailed coverage

of: The Behavior of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete, Durability and Fire Resistance,

18

Behavior and Design for Strength and Serviceability of Reinforced Concrete Beams, Slabs

and Columns, Anchorage, Detailing, Behavior and Design for Strength and Serviceability of

Fully Prestressed and Partially Prestressed Concrete Beams and Slabs. It also includes the

application of the theories and principles of reinforced concrete design in design calculation

of rectangular concrete beams, suspended concrete slab, concrete columns using ultimate

strength design (USD).

The unit is of two parts. The first part deals with the study of theoretical principles and

procedures of designing different kinds of foundation structures such as block wall footings,

square and rectangular footings, combined rectangular, trapezoidal footings, continuous

footing, mat foundations and footing on piles using the principle of USD. The second

partdeals with the study of disastrous effect of earthquake to engineering structures; the

study includes analysis and design of engineering structures subject to the combined effect

of dead load and live load.

This unit consists of two parts. The first is the study of the principles and requirements of

civil measurement as applied to civil engineering works to familiarize students with the

terminologies of project documentation and trade activities. The second is the study of the

principles and requirement of tendering and estimating as applied to civil engineering

works. Thread 2 also includes study of preparation of bill of quantities and cost analysis of

engineering projects for purposes of decision making whether to enter into a contract and

tender in a certain project.; study of the procedure of preparation of tender documents.

The unit aims to check whether the student upon reaching year 3 semester 2 of the Civil

Engineering Programme has sufficient structural knowledge in structural design and

analysis of reinforced concrete design, foundation engineering, earthquake engineering

and geotechnical engineering. The student will be required to design at least a three

storey building made of reinforced concrete. The progress of the design works of the

student will be closely supervised by the unit lecturer to ensure that his/her design is in

accordance with existing engineering design criteria and standards. The method of

teaching will be similar to a class-based unit where students will be given example of

complete design of three storey building as reference and guidance on their actual design.

The aim of the unit is to introduce to students the principle governing the planning and

design of airports, including visual flight rules and regulations, structural method of design

of airport pavements, airport capacity and delay, airport configuration, various lighting and

marking system.

19

YEAR FOUR

The unit aims to introduce to the student the theoretical principle of analysis and design of

water supply distribution system and urban sewer design whether functioning as a

separate sewer or as a combined sewer system. It also includes the study of importance

of water treatment plant and sewage treatment plant. The unit further gives importance to

solid waste management. Syllabus includes study of water treatment, design of water

supply distribution system, waste water and sewage treatment, design of sanitary sewer

line, solid waste management and environmental impact assessment.

The unit aims to introduce to the students the different construction method adopted in

construction of engineering works. It consists of two parts; the first is engineering

construction technologies and the second is building services for human convenience.

Syllabus includes. Power requirements of mobile equipment, dozers, scrapers, hydraulic

excavators, loaders, trucks and hauling equipments, pumps and compressors, explosives,

drilling and blasting, aggregate production, asphalt mix production and placement, cranes,

cofferdams, caissons, piling and dredging.

The unit aims to develop and strengthen the students’ knowledge in design and

construction of roadways. The syllabus includes highway evaluation; planning and design

of roadway; preliminary road alignment studies; Road construction materials and testing;

Road drainage and erosion control; design analysis of rigid and flexible pavements. It also

gives emphasis to basic design principle of airport pavement and railroad track roadway

ballast pavement.

The unit aims to introduce to students the study of wave mechanics and coastal processes

along with fundamentals that underline the practice of coastal engineering. The syllabus

includes the study of the physical characteristics and behavior of coastal environment;

analysis of surface gravity waves by small amplitude wave theory; the formulation of finite –

amplitude wave theory; wave refraction, diffraction and reflection; coastal water level

fluctuations; wind generated waves; study of different coastal structures and the study of

different zone processes. It also includes the study of basic principles of design and layout

of ports and harbors.

The unit is of three parts. The first part is about engineering contract management; the

second part deals with the quality control or quality assurance and the last part is about

20

project planning management. The syllabus includes study of pre-contract procedures,

normal contracting procedures, arbitration procedures, organization of quality assurance,

design aspects of quality assurance, defective prevention system, network technique for

project management, project unit cost schedule by S-curve the importance of Programme

Evaluation and Review Technique – Critical Path Method (PERT-CPM) in construction and

management of engineering projects.

The unit aims to introduce students the theories and principles of design and analysis of

conveyance structures of canal system for irrigation purposes. It also includes the study of

drip irrigation, design analysis of irrigation canal structures such as inverted canal

siphons, elevated flumes, pipes crossing, drops and chutes, the principles involved in

design of small overflow irrigation dams.

The unit aims to introduce students to the study of the basic fundamentals of structural

analysis using the matrix based method of analysis (Direct stiffness method and finite

element method) of analysis of trusses, beams and frame structures. It also includes the

study of approximate method of analysis of lateral loads due to wind and earthquake (portal

method, cantilever method, or the factor method). It further includes the review of structural

analysis of statically indeterminate structures using the classical methods (method of

consistent deformation, slope deflection method and moment distribution method), matrix

method of analysis, stiffness method and flexibility method.

The unit aims to introduce to students the theories and principles of engineering

seismology, i.e., origin, cause and effect of earthquake , calculation of design lateral

forces using static and the basic dynamic analysis, building forms for earthquake

resistance, seismic design and detailing of masonry building, seismic design and detailing

of Reinforced Concrete building and earthquake soil dynamics.

The aim of the unit is to check whether the student upon reaching year 4 semester 2 of

the Civil Engineering Programme has sufficient hydrological knowledge in design and

analysis of water engineering structure. The student will be required to design a baby

ogee shape irrigation dam with a height less than 6.00 meters. The progress of the design

works of the student will be closely supervised by the unit lecturer to ensure that his/her

design is in accordance with existing engineering design criteria and standards. The

method of teaching will be similar to a class-based unit where students will be given

example of complete design of one irrigation dam as reference and guidance on their

actual design.

21

8.0 Programme Unit Descriptor

22

LECTURER: TBA

LNG501 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: English for Academic Studies

12

Credit Points

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 2 x 2 hours tutorial class per week.

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 7 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: The student must have passed Form 7 English or Equivalent

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Moodle or Class shares.

Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.

84

HOURS:

Lectures 28

Tutorials 56

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 84

Self Directed Learing (Mid-Term Break) 5

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 7

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome to this unit and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting. This course will introduce you to

linguistic, rhetorical and strategic competencies needed to succeed in academic courses at undergraduate level.

This unit has the broad aim of helping learners develop research skills. It will help you grow proficiency in the

four macro-skills – listening, speaking, reading and writing – sufficient to enable you to participate effectively in

an academic environment.

This unit offers learners the opportunity to grasp various components of English for research purposes. It begins

with visiting core grammatical constituents. Learners will be exposed to the mechanics of the planning and

writing processes, honing the skills of data collection, and acknowledging sources of literature and ideas in

referencing. Students will learn to plan, prepare and present proposals/seminars. This unit makes students

aware that plagiarism is unacceptable.

23

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

On completion of this unit the students should be able to:

1. Develop well-organised notes from relevant spoken and written information.

2. Reconstruct notes to write summaries, essays, reports, proposals or answer discussion questions.

3. Use interpretive skills to respond to questions that require recall, analysis, synthesis and/or evaluation of

material learned in class or course work.

4. Develop an understanding to use relevant concepts, vocabulary and sentence structures in particular

content areas

5. Utilise and apply research tools (e.g. Library and Internet) to find supporting information.

6. Present information to class in a clear, well-organised and visually attractive manner.

7. Illustrate and/or use reference to an author and a source into written and/or spoken text.

8. Utilise technological tools to support in-class and out-of-class work.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Pinner, D & Pinner, D., 2004, Communication Skills (4th ed.), New Zealand, Pearson

2.1.2 Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU

2.1.3 Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Lecture & Tutorial guide. Suva: FNU

2.1.4 LNG 501 Study Guide and Workbook, developed by Zakia Ali Chand 2010

2.2.1 Thomson, A.J., 2009, A Practical English Grammar, New York, OUP

2.2.2 Choy, T.W., 1997, English the basics: a practical handbook

2.2.3 Alice, O. & Hogue, A., 1997, Writing Academic English (3rd ed.), White Plains, NY, Addison-Wesley

Longman

2.2.4 Davis, J. & Liss, R., 2006, Effective Academic Writing 3, NY, Oxford University Press

2.2.5 Beglar, D. & Murray, M., 2002, Contemporary Topics, (2nd ed.) White Plains, NY, Addison-Wesley

Longman

Supplementary notes are placed on class shares.

Week 1

ORIENTATION

1. Introduction

2. Tutorial sign up

No of Lectures 2

24

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 3-7. 2

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 2

INTRODUCTION

1. Study skills

2. Goal setting

3. Course rationale.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

LNG 501 Study Guide and Workbook, developed by Zakia Ali Chand 2010, pages 10 - 22 2

Pinner, D. & Pinner, D. 1999. Communication Skills. Auckland: Pearson/Longman, pp. 28-36. 1

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 3

Note taking

Summary writing

1. Identify key points from a lecture or a written article. Write a set of notes using one of the methods you’ve learnt in this

unit.

2. Write a set of clear notes from any written or oral source.

3. Using the notes, write a coherent summary identifying the key points from any written or oral source.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

25

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 8-54. 1

Pinner, D. & Pinner, D. 1999. Communication Skills. Auckland: Pearson/Longman, pp. 75-87. 1

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 4

Writing an Academic Essay

1. Analyze the question in an academic essay writing task and define key terms.

2. Establish your argument/point of view.

3. Research the topic; use books, journals and other credible academic sources for support and evidence.

4. Take notes from your readings.

5. Write your plan and organize your ideas.

6. Write your first draft to include your introduction, body and conclusion.

7. Edit and redraft your essay.

8. Write in-text references and bibliography.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 134-231. 1

Pinner, D. & Pinner, D. 1999. Communication Skills. Auckland: Pearson/Longman, pp. 147- 1

184.

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Week 5

Research questions , writing – proposal, essay, report

1. Critical thinking skills.

2. Research questions, data collection, choosing a research topic, organizing information for a research paper.

26

3. Selecting refining and proposing a topic for research.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 55-82. 2

LNG 501 Study Guide and Workbook, developed by Zakia Ali Chand 2010, pages 84 - 91 1

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Week 6

1. Academic research skills

2. Retrieving information from sources effectively: internet, library, textbooks, reference books, dictionary, and

thesaurus.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 83-102. 2

Pinner, D. & Pinner, D. 1999. Communication Skills. Auckland: Pearson/Longman, pp. 40-50. 1

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

27

Week 7

Features of a good research project.

1. Interpret research data collected from primary and secondary sources.

2. Organize information and ideas logically into a coherent report.

3. Present your report using the correct structure, format and techniques.

4. Differentiate between each section of a report in format, layout and content.

5. Write your report in clear and unambiguous language.

6. Identify key ethical considerations in research

7. To conduct your research in an ethical way

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 232-246. 2

Pinner, D. & Pinner, D. 1999. Communication Skills. Auckland: Pearson/Longman, pp. 147- 1

184.

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Week 8

Features of a good research project.

1. Interpret research data collected from primary and secondary sources.

2. Organize information and ideas logically into a coherent report.

3. Present your report using the correct structure, format and techniques.

4. Differentiate between each section of a report in format, layout and content.

5. Write your report in clear and unambiguous language.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 232-246. 2

Pinner, D. & Pinner, D. 1999. Communication Skills. Auckland: Pearson/Longman, pp. 147- 1

184.

Reading lecture notes 1

28

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Week 9

1. Bibliography & Referencing.

2. In text citation Bibliography & Referencing.

3. Format and layout.

4. Referencing – journals, magazines, newspapers, brochures, books, articles, encyclopedias, dictionaries,

websites.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 104-133. 2

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 10

Proof reading and editing

Basic skills of correct writing.

1. Develop correct writing skills.

2. Know the 5 steps of writing process.

3. Proof reading and editing.

4. Find out what errors you typically make and learn how to fix those errors.

5. Use the strategies detailed in this unit to find and correct your particular errors in usage, sentence structure,

and spelling and punctuation.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 247-264. 2

Reading lecture notes 1

29

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 11

Project presentation skills

Oral presentation skills

1. Using visual aids.

2. Oral presentation skills

3. Research your topic to ensure you have all the information.

4. Present your information within the time limits provided to you.

5. Prepare and supplement your presentation with appropriate visual aids.

6. Use appropriate body language that will convey the appropriate information and emotion to your audience

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

LNG 501 Study Guide and Workbook, developed by Zakia Ali Chand 2010, pages 265 - 282 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 12

Oral

presentation

skills

(continued)

ORAL EXAM WEEK

1. Present your information within the time limits provided to you.

2. Prepare and supplement your presentation with appropriate visual aids.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

30

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Study guide. Suva: FNU, pp 265-282. 1

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 3

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Week 13

Exam techniques

1. Understand types of exam technique

2. Learn to deal with stress and anxiety

3. Learn how to prepare for exams

4. Learn how to take the exam successfully

5. Know the important direction words

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Lecture and Tutorial guide. Suva: FNU, pp 221-281. 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Internet 1

Research

Library Research 1

Week 14

Evaluation

1. Evaluation of course and course delivery

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 4

No of Labs/Workshops etc. 0

SDL/ Readings:

31

Bhindi, B. K., 2012. LNG 501 Lecture and Tutorial guide. Suva: FNU, pp 221-281. 1

Reading lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Revise past 4

exam papers

4.0 Assessment

(a)The overall mark for the course depends on performance during the semester (50%) and performance in the

final examination (50%).

Essay Writing 10% 50%

Project proposal

50%

writing 10%

Tutorial work 5% 50%

Major research

project writing 50%

skills 25%

Final

50%

Examination 50%

Oral - 10%

Written - 40%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (i.e.

50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all lectures and tutorials

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 -

Essay Writing

Week 6 10%

Assignment 2 -

Project Proposal Week 7 10%

Writing

Assignment 3 -

Major research Week 13 25%

project writing skills

Tutorial work Week 14 5%

32

Letter Grade Scale:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incomplete 0

Assessment

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Terminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation

(UASR). All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves

with all academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following

steps to get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and

reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to

the HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

33

Final Exam: The student can apply for re-check of the grade as per the procedures laid down in the UASR.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your

work is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In

more serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism

may even lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and

adding proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly

your own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

34

Lecturer: TBA

Other Lecturers: TBA

Credit Points

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour tutorial class per week.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of Labs in week 1, 6, 7, 13 and 14.

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 6 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to

TIME the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Moodle, Class

shares and emails. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication

from the lecturer.

HOURS:

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops/Practicals 5

Self Directed Learning (during term) 87

Self Directed Learing (MidTerm Break) 8

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 10

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this Unit and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

To provide the students with the mathematical knowledge and expertise required for their Engineering

studies.

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

35

1.2.1 Transpose an algebraic expression so as to swap dependent and independent variables.

1.2.2 Correctly use the “ is a function of ” notation.

1.2.3 Solve equations for any unknown by transposition

1.2.4 Solve quadratic equations by factorisation and by the quadratic formula

1.2.5 Define and sketch the trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions

1.2.6 Evaluate the above functions for any value of the independent variable

1.2.7 Explain the difference between a scalar and a vector quantity

1.2.8 Represent a vector both graphically and in terms of the unit vectors i, j and k

1.2.9 Add and subtract vectors graphically and in terms of the unit vectors

1.2.10 Explain the significance of the dot and cross products of two vectors

1.2.11 Find dot and cross products of vectors

1.2.12 Derive and use the rules for differentiating various types of function

1.2.13 Find local slopes of tangents and normal and hence find angles of intersection

1.2.14 Calculate the extreme values of a function and find where they occur.

1.2.15 Use second derivatives to find direction of bending and contra flexure points

1.2.16 Derive the formula for the radial acceleration of a body moving in a circle

1.2.17 Differentiate trig, exponential and logarithmic functions.

1.2.18 Differentiate a vector and explain the significance of the result

1.2.19 Evaluate definite and indefinite integrals of simple functions

1.2.20 Derive and use the basic rules of integration

1.2.21 Perform integration by parts.

1.2.22 Integrate trig, exponential and logarithmic functions.

1.2.23 Integrate trig’ functions by substitution

1.2.24 Find the area under a curve using Simpson’s rule

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition [2008]

2.1.2 Anton, Howard. “Calculus (5th Edition), John Wiley, New York

Supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, and supplementary notes

(details) will be provided.

Week 1: Functions and Models

36

1. Four ways to represent a function

2. Mathematical Models

3. New Functions from old functions

4. Graphs

5. Exponential functions, Inverse function, logarithms

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 1 pages 10 -81) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

1. Limit of function

2. Calculating Limits using the limits laws

3. The precise definition of limit

4. Continuity

5. Limits at Infinity

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 2 pages 88 - 130) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

37

Week 3: Derivatives

1. Derivates and Rates of change

2. The derivative as a function

3. Derivatives of Polynomial and Exponentials

4. Product and Quotient rule

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 2 pages 143 - 165, Chapter 3 2

pages 172 - 188)

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 0

Week 4: Derivatives

1. The Chain rule

2. Implicit Differentiation

3. Derivative of log functions

4. Derivatives of Trig and Inverse Trig functions

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 3 pages 189 - 215) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical preparation 0

38

Week 5: Derivatives

1. Rates of change

2. Exponential growth and decay

3. Linear approximations

4. Derivatives of hyperbolic functions

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 3 pages 221 - 265) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical preparation 0

1. Maximum and Minimum values of single variable function

2. Mean value theorem

3. Curve sketching

4. Newton's Method

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 6

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 4 pages 272 - 339) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical preparation 1

Week 7: Integration

39

1. Definition of Integration

2. Substitution Rule

3. Integration by Parts

4. Trigonometric Integrals

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 4 pages 340 - 351, Chapter 5 2

pages 400 - 408, Chapter 7 pages 453 - 460)

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical preparation 0

1. Trigonometric Substitution

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 7 pages 467 - 472) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical preparation 0

1. Integration by Partial Fractions

No of Lectures 4

40

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 7 pages 473 - 482) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical preparation 0

1. Definition of Definite Integral

2. Fundamental Theorem of Definite Integral

3. Areas and Arc Length

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 5 pages 355 - 390, Chapter 8 2

pages 524 - 532)

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical preparation 0

1. Approximate Integration

2. Trapezoidal and Simpson's Rule

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

41

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 7pages 495 - 507) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical preparation 1

1. Three Dimensional Coordinates

2. Definition of Vector

3. Dot Product

4. Cross Product

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 12 pages 765 - 793) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical preparation 1

1. Equations of Lines

2. Equations of Planes

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 12 pages 794 - 843) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

42

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical preparation 1

1. Cylinders

2. Quadratic Surfaces

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 12 pages 804 - 815) 2

Reading lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 5%

Class 10%

50%

Exercises/Quizes

Short Tests 35%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 4 2.5%

Assignment 2 Week 9 2.5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 20%

Quiz-1 Week 4 5%

Quiz-2 Week 9 5%

43

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a

minimum attendance of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final

examination. The following grading system will be used:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Terminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation

(UASR). All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves

with all academic matters.

44

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following

steps to get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and

reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to

the HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Final Exam: The student can apply for re-check of the grade as per the procedures laid down in the UASR.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your

work is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In

more serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism

may even lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and

adding proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly

your own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

45

Lecturer: TBA

Other Lecturers: TBA

Credit Points 12

LECTURES: Students are to attend 1 x 2 and 1x1 hours of lectures per week.

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hours tutorial class per week.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 2 hours of Labs per week.

SELF Students are to spend about 6 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

DIRECTED

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E- All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Moodle, Class shares and

INFORMATION: emails. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.

LEARNING

HOURS:

Lectures 42

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops/Practicals 28

Field Trip(s) 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 89

Self Directed Learing (Mid-Term Break) 3

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 4

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this exciting unit which was designed to introduce physics to engineering problems.

Engineering Physics program will have a strong grounding in engineering design, science, practice and the

application of physics to engineering.

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

1.2.1 Demonstrate the ability to analyze and solve introductory physics to engineering problems

1.2.2 Measure and record the physical quantities by scientific method

1.2.3 Demonstrate the ability to communicate analysis of problems in a professional manner

1.2.4 Exhibit the ability to work in teams/groups effectively

1.2.5 Apply the concept of engineering physics to solve practical problems

1.2.6 Analyse and discuss the outcome of given problem

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 'College Physics'; Serway & Vuille; 9th edition [2012].

2.2.1 'Fundamentals of Physics ' ; Halliday & Resnick 9th Edition

2.2.2 'College Physics',Franklin Miller & Schroeer, 6th edition

2.2.3 'Physics', Cutnell & Johnson ,8thn edition

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details and supplementary notes

(details) will be provided.

Week 1: Mechanics

1. Motion in one dimension; Displacement ,Velocity , Acceleration, Motion Diagrams, motion with constant

acceleration

2. Motion in two dimension; Vectors and their properties, component of a vector, displacement, velocity and

accelaration in two dimension

3. Vector Diagrams

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 2 pages 25 - 47, Chapter 3 pages 56 - 75) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 0

47

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6

1. Forces

2. Newton's First Law

3. Newton's Second Law and Third Law

4. Application of Newton's Law

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 4 pages 86 - 112) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. Work and Kinetic Energy

2. Work Done by Gravitational Force

3. Work Done by a Spring Force

4. Work Done by a General Variable Force

5. Power

6. Work and Potential Energy

7. Conservation of Energy

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 5, pages 124-154) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

48

Solving problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. Rotational Variables

2. Rotation with Constant Angular Acceleration

3. Relating Linear and Angular Variables & Trend Gantt charts

4. Kinetic Energy of Rotation

5. Rotational Inertia, Torque, Work and Rotational Kinetic Energy

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chpt 7 & 8, pg198-261) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. Hooke's Law

2. Simple Harmonic Motion

3. Energy in Simple Harmonic Motion

4. Comparing Simple Harmonic Motion with Uniform Circular Motion

5. Damped Oscillation and Resonance

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 13, pages 437- 454) 2

49

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. Wavelenth, Frequency, Speed of a Travelling Wave

2. Types of Waves,Transverse and Longitudinal Waves

3. The Wave Equation

4. Principle of Superposition for Waves

5. Interference of Waves,Standing Waves and Resonance

No of Lectures 3

` No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 13, pages 455-463) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 7: Sound

1. Sound Waves

2. Speed of Sound, Travelling Sound Waves

3. Energy and Intensity and Sound waves

4. Doppler Effect,

5. Interference of sound waves

6. Sources of Musical Sound, Beats Supersonic Speeds, Shock Waves

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

50

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 14, pages 473-503) 3

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 8: Electricity

1. Electric Force & Electric Field; Coulomb's Law, Electric flux and Gauss's Law

2. Electriccal energy and capacitance; Potential difference, Electric potential, capacitance, parallel plate

capacitors, Dielectrics

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 15 pages 513 - 539, Chapter 16 pages 2

548- 579)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 9: Electricity

1. Current and Resistance; Direct Current Circuits - Kirchoff's Voltage Law, Kirchoff's Current Law, Alternating

Current: RLC Series Circuit, Reactance, Impedance, Phase Angle (Lead and Lag), Resonance

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 17, pages 590 - 608, Chapter 18, pages 2

616 - 638)

Revision of lecture notes 2

51

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. Light as a Wave

2. Interference of wave

3. Young's Interference Experiment

4. Application of Interference

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 24, pages 824 - 829) 1

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. Interference from Thin Films

2. Diffraction

3. Single Slit Diffraction, Diffraction Grating

4. Michelson's Intererometer (Chapter 25 page 876)

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 24, pages 830 - 839) 1

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 2

52

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. Photon, the Quantum of Light

2. Dual nature of light and Matter;Wave Particle Duality: De Broglie Waves

3. Wave Particle Duality: De Broglie Waves

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 27, pages 911-928) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. The Wave function

2. The Schrodinger Equation

3. Heisenberg's Uncertainty Principle,

4. Photoelectric Effect and Compton Effect

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chpt 27 ; pg 911-928) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

53

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

1. Nuclear Binding and Nuclear Structure

2. Nuclear Stabilty and Radioactivity

3. Decay Rates and Half-Lives

4. Medical Application of Radiation

5. Nuclear Reactions

6. Nuclear Fission

7. Nuclear Fusion

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

'College Physics', Serway & Vuille, 9th edition. (Chapter 29, pages 957-976, Chapter 30, pages 2

982 - 986)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 10% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%

Project N/A N/A

Short Tests 30% 50%

Final 50% 50%

Examination

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 5 5.0%

Assignment 2 Week 10 5.0%

54

Class Test 1 Week 6 15%

Class Test 2 Week 11 15%

Laboratary (x10) During the semester 10%

Project N/A

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a

minimum attendence of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final

examination. The following grading system will be used:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incompleste 0

Assessment

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Teminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

55

Dissatisfaction with Assessment

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps

to get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and

reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to

the HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Final Exam: The student can apply for re-check of the grade as per the procedures laid down in the UASR.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your

work is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In

more serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may

even lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2.Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and

adding proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

56

Lecturer: TBA

Other Lecturers: TBA

Credit Points 12

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial per week.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours of Labs per week.

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 4 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: The student must have passed Form 7 or Equivalent

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Moodle, Class shares

and emails. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from

the lecturer.

HOURS:

Lectures 28

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops/Practicals 42

Field Trip(s) 6

Self Directed Learning (during term) 85

Self Directed Learing (MidTerm Break) 5

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 0

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this exciting unit which was designed to provide an introductory understanding of

engineering drawings.

To provide an introductory understanding of engineering drawings, the conventions and

representations used and practical application of these techniques.

57

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

1.2.1 Define and communicate clearly and professionally the component/assembly specification to enable the

manufacture/assembly of a machine component or system.

1.2.2 Visualise and represent a three dimensional object or assembly in pictorial and orthographic projections.

1.2.3 Comprehend the geometric and functional relationships between components making up assemblies and

sub-assemblies

1.2.4 Apply drawing representations within detail and assembly drawings through freehand sketches, manual

drafting and computer aided drawing techniques

1.2.5 Introduction to design of 2D and 3D parametric CAD models

1.2.6 Determine methods used to control drawings and associated documents

1.2.7 Apply techniques of Auto CAD and solid works

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5.

Supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, and supplementary notes

(details) will be provided.

Week 1: Introduction to Basic Sketching Techniques

1. Sketching techniques. Pictorial Projection -Types of projection: Axonometric, trimetric, and diametric.

Planometric & perspective drawing. Oblique projection - cavalier, cabinet, angled features. Isometric projection,

isometric curves & circles, angled features.

2. Planometric & perspective drawing. Oblique projection - cavalier, cabinet, angled features. Isometric

projection, isometric curves & circles, angled features.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg. 1

198-207)

58

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 0

1. Orthographic Projection 1st & 3rd angle projection, natural & glass box methods. 3rd angle projection with

hidden detail.

2. Auxiliary Projections - Auxiliary orthogonal primary & auxiliary views

3. Sectional Drawing Conventions, full sections. Thin sections, half, local, removed, revolved, scrap, auxiliary

sections. Assessment 1: Pictorial/Orthographic sketching.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 1

132-142), (Pg168-194)

Doing tutorial exercise 2

Practical prepartaion 1

Week 3: Dimensioning

1. Principles & methods of dimensioning for size & location only. Dimensioning datum, keys & keyways, tapers.

3rd angle with hidden detail.

2. Limits & Fits Terminology/vocabulary. ISO system, symbols, notation, selection of fit. Use of tables to

determine tolerance

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

59

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. 1

(Pg.15-27), (Pg.53-65)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 2

Week 4: Fastenings

1. Designation of screw threads, form, pitch, starts, hand. Types of screw threads (unified, imperial, metric, acme,

buttress, square). Representation of screw threads, identification of common fasteners. Drawing hexagonal nuts,

bolt heads & washers.

2. Conventional Representation Threads, interrupted views, repeated views, splines, pitched holes, rolling

bearings, springs, spur gears.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 1

28-31), (Pg 49-53)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 1

1. Introduction to Manual Drawing Techniques - Care and checking for accuracy, set squares, protractors,

drafting machines. Drawing equipment

2. Equipment & drawing standards - Standards for line work, letters & numerals. A series drawing sheets,

drawing layout & title blocks

60

4. Assembly Drawing Parts list, itemising, detailing, materials list, working drawings. Assembly & detail drawings,

numbering systems. Bill of Materials, change notices, drawing change notation, document control. Assessment

2: Manual Drawing Sectional/Detail.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 2

4-6), (Pg 6-10), (Pg 216-245)

Revision of lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 2

Week 6: Additional representations for surface finish, geometric tolerancing, keyways, welding and

fabrication.

1. Surface Finish Symbols & application. Geometric Tolerancing Terminology/vocabulary. straightness, flatness,

squareness, angularity, concentricity, roundness, symmetry. positional tolerance

2. Keyways Correct representation, use of tables

3. Assessment 3: Manual Drawing Conventional Representation

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 6

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 2

41-49), (Pg 69-83), (Pg 24-27)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 2

61

Week 7: Welding/Fabrication

1. Types of structural steel, abbreviations & notation (RSJ, RHS, RSS, UB & UC) Bolted & welded connections.

Fabricated & machined parts. Types of weld, symbols, application to working drawings.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 1

38-41)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 2

Week 8: Abbreviations

1. Assembly, centres, centre line, chamfer, countersink, counter-bore, diameter, drawing, external, internal,

left/right hand. Material maximum, minimum, pitch circle diameter, radius, specification, spot face, square,

standard, undercut, taper on diameter or width.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 2

2-3)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 2

62

1. Loci construction for a simple crank mechanism. Simple cam design limited to constant velocity/acceleration &

simple harmonic motion.

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 2

92-128)

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 2

1. Curve of intersection for two pipes of different diameter at right angles. Pattern development of

square/rectangular to round transition pieces. Oblique cones & cylinders, lobster-back pipe bend. Tube to cone

intersection, intersection formed by inclined tubes. Assessment 4: Manual Drawing Cam/Development

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Boundy, AW. Engineering Drawing. 6th Edition, (2002) McGraw-Hill, Sydney, ISBN 0-07-471043-5. (Pg 2

260-287)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 2

63

Week 11: Project 1

1. Assembly drawing using Auto CAD

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Auto CAD Manual 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 2

1. Assembly drawing using Auto CAD

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Auto CAD Manual 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 2

1. Solid modelling using solid work

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

64

Readings:

Solidworks Manual 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical prepartaion 2

1. Solid modelling using solid work

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Solidworks Manual 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 0

Practical prepartaion 0

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 10% 50%

Practical Exercises 10% 50%

Project 1 15% 50%

Project 2 15% 50%

Class Test 1 25% 50%

Class Test 2 25% 50%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assingnment 1 Week 3 2.5%

65

Assingnment 2 Week 7 2.5%

Assingnment 3 Week 9 2.5%

Assingnment 4 Week 11 2.5%

Practical Exercises During the term 10.0%

Project 1 Week 12 15%

Project 2 Week 14 15%

Class Test 1 Week 7 25%

Class Test 2 Week 14 25%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students to get a

minimum attendence of 75% and pass the coursework with at least 50%. The following grading system will be

used:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incompleste 0

Assessment

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

66

PT Pass Teminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps

to get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and

reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to

the HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Final Exam: The student can apply for re-check of the grade as per the procedures laid down in the UASR.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your

work is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In

more serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may

even lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and

adding proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly

your own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

67

Lecturer: TBA

Other Lecturers: TBA

BEN505 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Material Science Credit Points 12

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial per week.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 2 hours of Labs per week.

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 5 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to

the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Moodle, Class

shares and emails. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication

from the lecturer.

HOURS:

Lectures 42

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops/Practicals 28

Field Trip(s) 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 89

Self Directed Learing (MidTerm Break) 7

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 0

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope you will find it enriching and interesting.

The aim of this unit is to familiarise students with nature and properties of material commonly used in civil, electrical

and mechanical engineering and to provide them with the methods of selecting appropriate materials.

68

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

1.2.1 Analyse, compare and contrast the structure and properties of materials under various manufacturing

conditions

1.2.2 Establish the relationship between specific structure and properties of materials, failure and reliability in service

1.2.3 Examine the mechanical and thermal conditions of manufacturing processes which shape materials

1.2.4 Identify appropriate materials and manufacturing processes for a given product specification which includes

reliability and cost effectiveness

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition [2011]

2.1.2 Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 3

2.1.3 Ward-Harvey, K. Fundamental Building Materials, Sakoga. Pty Ltd

2.1.4 Knight, Bernard H. Builders Materials, Edward Arnold

2.1.5 Everett, Alan. Materials, Batsford, ASIN 0713405163.

Supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, and supplementary notes (details)

will be provided.

Week 1: Structures of Materials

1. Atomic structures and interatomic bonding

2. Crystal structure, imperfections

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 3

3, pages 11-27, pages 32-90

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

69

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 5

Week 2: Metallurgy

1. Introduction and terminology; sources of metal ores and extraction processes; Common Engineering metals

ferrous and non ferrous; properties and uses of metals;

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 2

3, pages 332-380

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 3: Metals

1. Classification of steels

2. Common alloys and their applications

3. Corrosion and its

prevention

4. Metal working processes, cold working and annealing

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 3

3 pages 111 - 140;

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 2

70

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 4: Diffusion

1. Diffusion mechanisms

2. Steady-state diffusion

3. Solidification of Metals and Alloys (brief)

4. Phase diagrams

5. Equilibrium & Non-equilibrium cooling

6. Solidification structures & defects

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 4

3, pages 91-109, pages 246-290

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. Annealing

2. Normalising

3. Quenching and tempering

4. Case Hardening

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 4

3 pages 192-224, pages 170-186

Revision of lecture notes 2

71

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. Introduction to the properties of plastics, ceramics, glass and bonding materials together with a review of possible

uses for these materials in Building and Civil Engineering

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Callister W. Jr. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction. 6th Ed. 2003. Wiley ISBN 0 471 13576 2

3, pages 383-450

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 2

Week 7: Cement

1. Type of cement and their characteristics.

2. Mixing setting, hardening process of cement including tests.

3. Properties of wet concrete, Slump and compaction test.

4. Types of admixtures including plasticers, renders and accelerators.

5. Factors affecting final strength of concrete the tube test

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition, pages 105-137 2

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

72

Preparation of Laboratory Report 2

Week 8: Concrete

1. Materials for concrete

2. Types of cement and their characteristics, types of aggregates,

3. Steel for reinforcement and prestressing, admixtures, curing methods and other materials.

4. Properties of concrete; workability (slump test), strength and elastic properties

5. Durability, fire resistance, permeability and obsorption, volume changes, thermal and acoustic properties.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition, pages 183-227 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 2

1. Proportioning mixes and testing

2. Compressive strength of Concrete

3. Lightweight concrete and heavy concrete.

4. Different Types of Curing Method

5. Hot and cold weather concreting.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition, pages 183-227 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

73

Preparation of Laboratory Report 2

1. Advantages and disadvantages of masonry construction: Description of types including, concrete and clay based

blocks (bricks) hollow blocks, lightweight blocks and pre-cast concrete panels; Laying of masonry: Comparison of

un-reinforced and reinforced masonry construction: Compressive strenght of masonry walls:

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition, pages 138-151 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 2

1. Types of aggregate commonly use in Fiji and their physical properties: course and fine aggregates: Classification

and testing of aggregates: Batching processes.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition, pages 90-114 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

74

Week 12: Structure and Properties of Polymers

1. Molecular weight, shape and structure, Thermoplastic and thermosetting, Polymerization

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition, pages 337-350 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

1. Timber, characteristics of hard and soft worrk, comparison of hard and soft wood as contruction materials,

commonly occurring defects fo moisture content and control seasoning and drying. Threats to timber, termites

fungaland insects. Preservation techniques.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition, pages 187-230 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

75

1. Engineering applications of paints and finishes: Types, performance and manufacture: Surface preparation and

undercoating of different sufaces: Paint application methods single and multi-coat application: Discription of common

faults and failures in paintwork: Simple tests on paints;

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

S C Rangawala, Construction Materials (Material Science), 38th edition, pages 314-336 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 5% 50%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Laboratory 15% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment Week 5 5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

Laboratary (x 8) During the semester 15%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum

attendence of 75% and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the course work and final examination separately. The

following grading system will be used:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

76

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incompleste 0

Assessment

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Teminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

77

Plagiarism and Dishonest Practice Regulations

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to

your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

78

Lecturer: TBA

Other Lecturers: TBA

Electronics Engineering Credit Points

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial per week.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 2 hours of Labs per week.

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 6 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: The student must have passed Fiji Seventh Form Exam with a pass in Physics or equivalent

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Moodle, Class shares and

emails. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.

LEARNING

HOURS:

Lectures 42

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops/Practicals 28

Field Trip(s) 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 84

Self Directed Learing (MidTerm Break) 4

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 8

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this exciting unit which was designed to help you develop a solid foundation in

understanding DC and AC circuit functions and analysis, together with applications in both Analogue and

Digital Electronics.

79

The purpose of this course is to provide a solid foundation in understanding DC and AC circuit functions

and analysis, with applications in Analogue Electronics and Digital Electronics, required by all electrical

engineering paraprofessionals, in all areas of specilisations. This course extends the skills in basic DC

circuit analysis in Electrical Principles and provides a foundation in DC and AC circuit analysis for use in

other units. In the delivery of this unit, emphasis will be placed on the integration of the ‘theoretical’ and

‘Practical’ aspects of digital electronics. In particular, this will involve an integrated approach to the

analytical and experimental evaluation of devices and circuits and the development of skills in the use of

instruments and measurement techniques.

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

1.2.1 Describe circuit configurations, characteristics and performance, using standard terminology and computer

based circuit description languages

1.2.2 Apply network theorems and related analytical techniques to evaluate the steady state performance of DC and

AC circuits

1.2.3 Select and use the appropriate equation to determine the steady state and transient behavior of simple R-L &

R-C circuits, with a step input voltage

1.2.4 Sketch and interprets symbols and diagrams to represent devices and circuits within the scope of this subject

– using accepted standards

1.2.5 Select and apply appropriate analytical techniques, including computer based tools, to evaluate the

performance of both analog and digital electronic devices and circuits.

1.2.6 Use both Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh map for Boolean functions simplification

1.2.7 Report the performance and characteristics of electronic devices and circuits, using accepted

terminology and appropriate performance parameters

1.2.8 Explain, through examples and specific applications, the function of basic analog and digital electronic

devices and the operation of simple circuits and systems in which they are used

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 BOYLESTAD, Robert, Introductory Circuit Analysis, 12th Edition [2006].

2.1.2 TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition.

2.1.3 FLOYD, Thomas L, Electronic Devices, 8th Edition

2.1.4 BOGART, Theodore F, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 3rd Edition or later

2.2.1 GOODMAN, Hans. Circuit theory and techniques. New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1988 or later

2.2.2 FLOYD, Thomas L. Digital fundamentals, 4th Edition or later

Other supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

2.3 Class Shares

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, and supplementary notes (details)

will be provided.

80

3.0 Course Content and Reading References

Week 1: KIRCHHOFF’s LAWS

1. Voltage and Current laws

2. Power and Energy

3. Application of KVL & KCL to series and parallel resistor combinations;

4. Simplification and analysis of circuits involving series/parallel resistors.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

BOYLESTAD, Robert. Introductory Circuit Analysis, 12th Edition, Chap 4 (p101-115), Chap 5 (p135-159), Chap 6 2

(p187-218)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

1. Concepts and terminology

2. Application of Kirchoff’s Laws and Nodal Analysis techniques to solution of simple resistive DC networks

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

BOYLESTAD, Robert. Introductory Circuit Analysis, 12th Edition, Chapter 8 (pages 304-315) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

81

Week 3: THEVENIN’S AND NORTON’S THEOREMS

1. Solution of DC Networks using Thevenin’s Theorem and Norton's Theorem

2. Development and interpretation of equivalent circuits using Thevenin’s & Norton’s Theorems.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

BOYLESTAD, Robert, Introductory Circuit Analysis, 12th Edition, Chapter 9 (pages 350-361, pages 361-365) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

1. Basic V-I relationships for Capacitors and Inductors

2. Application of KVL & KCL to R-C and R-L DC circuits

3. Step response of R-L & R-C circuits – application of equations to determine transient & steady state values

4. Writing, running and interpretation of PSPICE files for transient analysis.

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

BOYLESTAD, Robert, Introductory Circuit Analysis, 12th Edition, Chapter 10 (pages 413-426), Chapter 11 2

(pages 473-474)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

1. Comparison & applications of analog and digital techniques

82

2. Logical concepts and terminology; Number systems and codes

3. Logic functions – NOT, BUFFER, AND, OR, NAND, NOR, Exclusive-OR; Truth table/Function table; Timing

Diagrams;

4. Switch/Relay equivalent circuits

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition 2

Chapter 1 (pages 3-13, 14-20), Chapter 2 (pages 33-56), Chapter 3 (pages 65-86), Chapter 4 (pages 154-159)

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

1. Terminology and symbols; basic identities and theorems; universal gates;

2. De Morgan’s Theorems

3. Functional simplification e,g Karnaugh maps (K-maps) to four (4) variables only

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition 2

Chapter 3 (pages 86-90, 90-96), Chapter 4 (pages 129-136, 143-153)

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

83

1. Decision making circuits; translation between word problems, Boolean expressions and logic diagrams

2. Code conversion circuits

3. Design and analysis of combinational logic circuits to solve simple engineering problems

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition, 2

Chapter 4 (pages 137-143)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

1. Flip Flop types, characteristics, performance parameters; simple registers

2. Simple asynchronous and synchronous counter circuits and applications

3. Interpretation and construction of timing diagrams for sequential circuits; interpretation of IC data sheets

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition, 2

Chapter 5 (pages 219-243), Chapter 7 (pages 376-382, 376-391, 396-400).

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

84

1. TTL and MOS. Logic families – construction, comparison of operation and performance parameters,

applications;

2. Interpretation of IC data sheets

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition, 2

Chapter 8 (pages 515-544, 546-559)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

Week 10: DIGITAL- to- ANALOGUE (DAC) AND ANALOGUE- to-DIGITAL (ADC) CONVERSION

1. D/A and A/D conversion requirements, methods, performance parameters and applications;

2. Interpretation of IC data sheets

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition, 2

Chapter 11 (pages 755-799)

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

1. LED’s, Liquid crystal displays (LCD’s) , seven segment displays

85

2. Applications

3. Interpretation of data sheets

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

TOCCI, Ronald J, WIDMER, N. S., MOSS, G. L, Digital systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Edition, 1

Chapter 9 (pages 614-618)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 2

1. Capacitive filtering of single phase rectifier circuits;

2. Simple Zener diode shunt regulator;

3. IC voltage regulators; types, characteristics and performance parameters;

4. Basic power supply systems using IC regulators

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

BOGART, Theodore F, Electronic Devices & Circuits, 3rd Edition Chapter 16 (pages 777-788); FLOYD, Thomas 1

L, Electronic Devices - Conventional Current Version, 8th Edition, Chapter 17 (pages 845-856, 862-871)

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 2

1. Basic principles of amplification- amplifier functions and applications. Characteristics, performance parameters,

86

equivalent circuits

2. IC operational amplifiers – basic concepts, characteristics, performer parameters, packaging, terminal functions,

manufacturers’ data;

3. IC operational amplifier as a universal amplifying device ;

4. Linear operational amplifier circuits, operation, performance characteristics and applications

5. Basic non-inverting circuit; Voltage follower circuit

6. Inverting summing amplifier circuit ; Differential amplifier circuit

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

FLOYD, Thomas L, Electronic Devices - Conventional Current Version, 8th Edition, Chapter 12 (pages 593- 629) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 1

1. BJT’s and FET’s - construction, characteristics, performance parameters, ratings, packaging;

2. BJT and FET amplifier configurations, operation, performance parameters and applications

3. Breadboard construction of circuits within the scope of this subject

4. Translation between circuit diagrams and breadboard & PCB implementations

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 2

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

FLOYD, Thomas L, Electronic Devices - Conventional Current Version, 8th Edition, Chapter 4 (pages 163- 2

185, 190-191, 216-239, 257-287), Chapter 8 (pages 368-407), Chaptter 9 (pages 436-453)

Solving problems 0

Preparation of Laboratory Reports 2

87

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 5% 50%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Laboratory 15% 60%

Project N/A N/A

Final Examination 50% 50%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment Week 5 5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

Laboratary (x7) During the semester 15%

Project N/A N/A

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum

attendence of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. The

following grading system will be used:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

88

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incompleste Assessment 0

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Teminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to

your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

89

Lecturer: TBA

Other Lecturers: TBA

Programming Credit Points 12

LECTURES: Students are to attend 1 x 2 hours and 1 x 1 hour of lectures per week.

TUTORIALS: N/A

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hour of Labs per week.

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 6 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Engineering Computation 1 (BEN502)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Moodle, Class shares and

emails. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.

HOURS:

Lectures 42

Tutorials 0

Labs/Workshops/Practicals 42

Field Trip(s) 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 85

Self Directed Learing (MidTerm Break) 5

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 6

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this exciting unit which was designed to introduce students with a good understanding

of computer hardware and programming.

The purpose of this unit is to give the student a good understanding of computer hardware and develop the

ability to formulate the logic for general problems and writing programs with syntax.

90

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

1.2.1 Use and interpret terminology relevant to computer Hardware

1.2.2 Apply an efficient and systematic approach to problem definition and analysis

1.2.3 Use a high level language which encourages and reinforces the use of a systematic programming methodology

1.2.4 Write test and run computer programs for the solution of general engineering problems.

1.2.5 Getting familiarity in using Linux operating system

1.2.6 Writing C++ programs in Linux environment

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson

Supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

2.2.1 Stephen Prata : C++ primer plus, 5 Ed, SAMS

2.2.2 Stephens, Diggins,Turkams, Coggwell : C++ Cookbook, O’Reilly

2.3 Class Shares

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, and supplementary notes (details)

will be provided.

Week 1: Introduction to computer system

1. Basic Concept

2. Building logic

3. Introduction of computers

4. Solving exercise for common engineering problems

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Reading supplementary materials provided by the lecturer 2

Revision of lecture notes 1

Writing programs using C++ 2

91

Preparation of Practical Report 1

1. Definition of a software

2. Examples of system softwares

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Reading supplementary materials provided by the lecturer 1

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 2

Preparation of Practical Report 1

1. Function of system softwares

2. Concepts of software engineering

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Reading supplementary materials provided by the lecturer 1

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 2

Preparation of Practical Report 1

92

1. Introduction to free software

2. Introduction to Linux operating system, Linux commands, Linux architecture/Linux kernel

3. Introduction to Ubuntu operating system

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Reading supplementary materials provided by the lecturer 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 0

Preparation of Practical Report 2

1. Introducing commands practical approach

2. Reviewing Ubuntu features

3. Installing Ubuntu, configuring and troubleshooting

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Reading supplementary materials provided by the lecturer 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 0

Preparation of Practical Report 2

1. Fundamental data types

2. Advanced data types

3. Memory size of data types

93

4. Coding using basic data types

5. C++ Operators

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 1 pages 40 - 55) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 2

Preparation of Practical Report 1

1. Syntax analysis of 'for loop'

2. Coding using 'for loop'

3. Syntax analysis of "while loop'

4. Coding using 'while loop'

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 1 pages 146 - 148, Chapter 5 2

pages 200 - 210)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 1

Preparation of Practical Report 1

1. Syntax analysis for 'do while - loop'

2. Coding using 'do while' structure

94

3. Syntax analysis of 'if else'

4. Coding using 'if else structure

5. Coding using break, go to, continue statement

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 4 pages 148 - 153, Chapter 5 2

pages 211 - 221)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 1

Preparation of Practical Report 1

Week 9: Arrays

1. Introduction of Arrays - one dimension

2. Coding using one dimension arrays

3. Introduction of Arrays - two dimension

4. Coding using two dimension arrays

5. Introduction of multi-dimension arrays

6. Coding using multi-dimension arrays

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 7 pages 318 - 332) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 1

Preparation of Practical Report 1

95

Week 10: Functions

1. Differentiate between inbuilt and user-defined functions

2. Coding using inbuilt and user defined functions

3. Functiions without parametere passing

4. Functions with parameter passing

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 6 pages 243 - 280) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 1

Preparation of Practical Report 1

1. Pointer variable declarations and intialization

2. Pointer operators

3. Pass by reference with pointers

4. Coding using pointers

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 8 pages 381 - 389) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 1

Preparation of Practical Report 1

96

1. Syntax analysis of structures and unions

2. Applications of structures and unions

3. Coding using structures and unions

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Reading supplementary materials provided by the lecturer 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 1

Preparation of Practical Report 1

1. Difference between structured programming and object oriented programming

2. Defining classes for objects

3. Role of constructors

4. Coding using object oriented design

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 3 pages 104 - 122) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 1

Preparation of Practical Report 1

1. 'const objects and 'const' member functions

2. 'friend' functions and 'friend' classes

97

3. Using the 'this' pointer

4. Coding using 'const, friend, this'

No of Lectures 3

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Dietel & Dietel: C++ How to Program, 7 Ed, Pearson (Chapter 10 pages 466 - 488) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Writing programs using C++ 1

Preparation of Practical Report 1

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 10%

Practical Tests 20% 50%

Short Tests 20%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment Week 5 10%

Class Test 1 Week 7 10%

Class Test 2 Week 13 10%

Practical Test Week 14 20%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum

attendence of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. The

following grading system will be used:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

98

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incompleste 0

Assessment

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Teminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

99

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to

your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

100

Lecturer: TBA

Other Lecturers: TBA

Credit Points

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours of Lab for week 10 only of the semester.

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 6 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Moodle, Class shares and

emails. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.

HOURS:

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 93

Self Directed Learing (MidTerm Break) 7

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 7

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching

and interesting. This unit will introduce the student, the basic theories, principles and solving problems of

different kinds of force system in engineering, effect of friction between contacting bodies, and torsion.

The unit deals with the fundamental knowledge of engineering mechanics (statics). The syllabus of the unit

includes: scalars and vectors, dot and cross products, two dimensional force systems, forces, moments,

couples, resultants, free-body diagrams, equilibrium of forces , trusses, frames, beams, centroids, moment

of area, friction and torsion of shafts.

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

101

1.2.1 Apply the principles of basic engineering mechanics.

1.2.2 Model and analyze static force systems using the principles of equilibrium.

1.2.3 Calculate the properties of plane cross sections including centroids and area moments of inertia.

1.2.4 Determine the forces in members of pin jointed structures.

1.2.5 Calculate shear and bending effects in simple beams.

1.2.6 Calculate the values of static and kinetic frictions between contacting bodies.

1.2.7 Determine simple stress and strain in direct and indirect loading applications.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Statics and Mechanics of Materials, by William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris, 2nd Edition,ISBN

0-471-43446-9

2.2.1 Engineering Mechanics by Ferdinand Singer, 3rd Edition

2.2.2 Strength of Materials by Ferdinand L. Singer and Andrew Pytel, 4th Edition, ISBN 0-06-046229-9

2.2.3 Merriam J.L. and Kraige L.G. Engineering Mechanics Statics, 5th Edition ,SI Version, Wiley, USA, (2003)

ISBN 0-471-26607-8

2.2.4 PP Benham, RJ Crawford & CG Armstrong, Mechanics of Engineering Materials, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall

(May 3, 1996), ISBN 10: 0582251648

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, lecture notes and manuals, and

supplementary notes (details) will be provided.

Week 1: Basic Static Concepts

Introduction, Fundamental Quantities of Mechanics, Newton's Laws, Mass and weight and units of measurement.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Introduction (pages 1-2 ); Fundamental Quantities of Mechanics (pages 2-3); Newton's Law (pages 2

3-5); Mass and weight (pages 5-6); Units of Measurement (pages 8-14). Textbook - Statics and

Mechanics 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

102

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6

What are forces, Classification and their Characteristics. Scalar Quantities and Vector quantities. Resultant of two or

more Concurrent Forces, Resolution of Forces, Laws of Sine and Cosine. What is friction, Angle of Internal Friction,

Kinetic and Static Friction.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 2 (pages 26-39, 188-192 ), Textbook : Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, 2

Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris. Chapter 5 (pages 114-122), Textbook: Engineering Mechanics

by Ferdinand Singer

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Matrix Inverse by using the Adjoint Method. (Dot & Cross Products)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 2 (pages 46-47), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. 1

Sturges and Don H. Morris.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

103

Types of supports, Types of Beams & Loadings, Free-body diagrams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 3 (pages 65-87,) Textbook: Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. 2

Sturges and Don H. Morris.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Determination of Determinacy of Beams . Calculation of the shear force and bending moment in a statically

determinate beams, plotting the shear and moment diagrams.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

(pages 435-454) Textbook - Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges 2

and Don H. Morris; and (pages 274-292) of textbook Engineering Mechanics, 6th Edition by J.L.

Meriam and L.G. Kraige.

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

What is truss, different types of truss. Analysis of Internal forces in a truss by joint method, method of section,

graphical method (bow's notation). Analysis of internal forces in a cable.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

104

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 6 (page 299-316), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. 2

Sturges and Don H. Morris.

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 2

0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

Derivation of Torsion Formulas, Angle of Twist, Power transmitted by the shaft, Hollow and Solid Shaft.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 3 (pages 75- 95), Textbook: Strength of Materials, 3rd Edition by Ferdinand L. Singer and

Andrew Pytel and Chapter 5 (pages 201-224), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William 1

F. Riley, Leroy D. Sturges and Don H. Morris.

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Finding center of gravity of regular and irregular figures.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 6 (page 299-316), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics, 2nd Edition William F. Riley, Leroy D. 2

Sturges and Don H. Morris.

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

105

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Week 9: Stress

Normal, shear and bearing stresses; Second Moment of Area; Radius of gyration and Parallel-Axis theorem.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 4 ( pages 88-107) and Chapter 8 (pages 417-425),Textbook : Statics & Mechanics of

Materials by W. Riley, L. Sturges and D. Morris; and (pages 445 - 479), Textbook: Engineering

2

Mechanics Statics, 6th Edition by J.L. Meriam & L.G. Kraige

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Stress-Strain Diagrams, Strain Measurement, Generalized Hooke's Law, Different Concepts in the Stress-Strain

Curve. Poisson's Ratio (Uniaxial, Biaxial and Triaxial deformations).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 3

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 4 (pages 114-124), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics of Materials by W. Riley, L. Sturges and 2

D. Morris

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 3

106

Bending or flexure stress caused by bending moment expressed by the flexure formula. T-beam , I-beam and

rectangular beam .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 8 (pages 414 - 416), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics of Materials by W. Riley, L. Sturges 1

and D. Morris

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Horizontal or vertical shear stress, statical moment of area

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 188 - 197), Textbook: Strength of Materials, 3rd Edition by Ferdinand L. 2

Singer/Andrew Pytel.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Week 13:Columns

Types of Columns, Euler's Formula, Effects of Different End Conditions; Axially Loaded and Eccentrically Loaded

Columns; Combined Flexure Formula.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

107

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 11 (pages 651-678),Textbook: Statics & Mechanics of Materials by W. Riley, L. Sturges 2

and D. Morris

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Computation of stresses analytically and by the use of Mohr's Circle.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 0

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Chapter 10 (pages 593 - 594), Textbook: Statics & Mechanics of Materials by W. Riley, L. Sturges 2

and D. Morris. Chapter 7, (pages 404 - 407) Textbook: Engineering Mechanics, Statics, by J.L.

Meriam and L.G. Kraige.

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 10%

Laboratory 10% 50%

Class Tests 30%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

108

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 2 Week 13 5.0%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

Laboratory (Stress- Week 10 10%

Strain Relationship)

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum

attendence of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. It is highly

recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs/workshops. The following grading system will be used:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incompleste 0

Assessment

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

109

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Teminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to

your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

110

Lecturer: TBA

Other Lecturers: TBA

Credit Points

TUTORIALS: N/A

LABS/WORKSHOP Students are to attend 2 x 3 hours of Workshop practice per week.

PRACTICE:

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 4 -5 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: The student must have passed Form 7 Maths and Physics or Equivalent

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Moodle, Class shares and

emails. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from the lecturer.

HOURS:

Lectures 14

Tutorials 0

Labs/Workshops/Practicals 84

Field Trip(s) 16

Self Directed Learning (during term) 66

Self Directed Learing (MidTerm Break)

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks)

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this unit and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

This unit covers basic manufacturing technology and processes. Discussing advanced material properties and their

applications. Practical workshop sessions include lathe, milling machine, drilling machines, and welding/fabrication.

safety in manufacturing industry.

111

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

1.2.1 Identify common manufacturing processes, machine tools and cutting processes

1.2.2 Operate basic machine tools, such as milling, shaping, lathes and drilling machines

1.2.3 Apply fabrication techniques such as welding, fitting, moulding and pattern making

1.2.4 Select appropriate manufacturing methods and materials for specified applications

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed.

Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

2.1.2 Timmings R. L Manufacturing Technology Vol. 1 2nd edition Longman, London 1992

2.1.3 Budinski K. G. Engineering materials 6th edition Prentice Hall, USA 1999

2.1.4 Jennesson, J Electrical Principles 5th edition, McGraw-Hill 2003

2.1.5 Pethebridge, K and Nesson I, Electrical Wiring Practice Vol 1 and 2 5th edition McGraw-Hill 2000

2.1.6 Electrical Wiring Practice Vol. 1 7th Edition

2.1.7 AS/NZS 3000:2007

2.2.1 Chapman W. A. J. Workshop Technology Vol 1, 2, 3 5th edition Edward Arnold. UK. 1985

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details and supplementary notes (details)

will be provided.

Week 1: Introduction

1. Safety in the workshop, safety hazards, safe working environment, code of practice, First Aid, Removing a person

from contact with live conductors, treatment for electric shock

2. Responsibility of employers and employees under OSH (occupational safety and health act)

3. Responsibility of employers and employees under OSH and electrical regulations.

4. Engineering metrology and instrumentation, importance of tolerances, limits and fits.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

112

Occupational safety and health act (This will be given by the OHS Lecturer) 1

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 0

Week 2: Manufacturing

1. What is manufacturing?

2. Material removal processes and machines

3. Processes to produce round shapes (turning) machining processes to produce various shapes (milling), various

cutting tools. Work holding devices, machine structures, machining economics

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (pg1-34) 2

Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

Revision of lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 0

1. Tool geometry and materials, power requirements, cutting speeds and feeds

2. Tool life, tool wear, cutting fluids, metal removal theory, geometric progression

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (pg556-583) 2

Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

113

Revision of lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 0

Practical preparation 1

1. Abrasive machining and finishing operations, advanced machining processes

2. Gas and arc welding,TIG, MIG and plasma welding, resistance welding.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (719-753, 865- 2

893)

Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

Revision of lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

1. Selection of cable for specific job; Stripping cable, connections of small conductors to terminals and wiring

accessories; Fitting plugs to flexible cords, fitting flexible cord couplers and amplifire sockets; Fix flexible cords to

appliances; Crimping terminations to small size conductors up 6 square millimeter, Fixing methods to include: Fixing

to masonary, provision of wood back boards to support light points, joint boxes and other outlets.

2. Using TPS cables to wire common lighting circuits and circuits servicing GPO's. Circuits to include: One light

controlled by one switch, one light by two, two way switches, radial. Ciruit serving a number of socket outlets, radial

circuit controlling fixed appliance.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 4

114

Readings:

1. Electrical Wiring Practice Vol. 1 7th Edition 2

2. AS/NZS 3000:2007

Revision of lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

1. Perform excercises to investigate the basic skills required for the installation of conduit steel and PVC conduit

systems to include: Cuttting, jointing, connection to accessories, use of expansion couplings in PVC systems, Wire

simple circuit using conduit.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 4

Readings:

1. Electrical Wiring Practice Vol. 1 7th Edition 2

2. AS/NZS 3000:2007

Revision of lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

1. Wire a direct on line circuit to control a motor

2. Wire a star-delta circuit to control a motor

3. Add remote controls to circuits

4. Strip and rebuild a small motor

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 0

115

Readings:

1. Electrical Wiring Practice Vol. 1 7th Edition 2

2. AS/NZS 3000:2007

Revision of lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

1. Total Productive Maintenanace (TPM) - the six major TPM activities: elimination of losses, planned maintenance,

autonomous maintenance, preventive engineering, product design, education.

2. Take students on field trip to a repair/callibration center where any of the above services are carried out.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 4

Readings:

1. Electrical Wiring Practice Vol. 1 7th Edition 2

2. AS/NZS 3000:2007

Revision of lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

1. Definition and explanation of MTTF, MTBF, MTTR and availibility of equipment and tools.

2. Examples on above.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

116

1. Electrical Wiring Practice Vol. 1 7th Edition 2

2. AS/NZS 3000:2007

Revision of lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

1. History of steel making, grain structure, annealing, normalising, Hot and cold working, cast iron, wrought iron,

crystal growth, re-crystallisation

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (pg40-55) 2

Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

Revision of lecture notes 1

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

1. Hardness, toughness, brittleness, strength, malleability, ductility, elasticity, plasticity.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (pg56- 2

82)Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

Revision of lecture notes 1

117

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

1. Heat treatment: annealing, normalising, oil and water quenching, tempering. Iron-carbon diagram, eutectic point,

iron-carbon diagram, alpha iron, gamma iron.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 4

Readings:

Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (100-125, 129- 2

145)Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

1. Non-ferrous metals and its alloys classification and applications.

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (151-160, 2

1040-1044)Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

Doing tutorial exercise 1

Practical preparation 1

118

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 5

1. Non destructive testing

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 6

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Kalpakjian S and Schmid S.R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4th Ed. (161-167) 2

Prentice Hall, USA. 2001. ISBN 0-201-36131-0

Revision of lecture notes 2

Doing tutorial exercise 0

Practical preparation 0

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 5%

Practical Tests 25% 50%

Short Tests 20%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment Week 5 5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 10%

Class Test 2 Week 13 10%

Practical Test Week 14 25%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a minimum

attendence of 75% and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the course work and final examination separately. The

following grading system will be used:

119

Letter Grade Scale:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incompleste 0

Assessment

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Teminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

120

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to

your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

121

LECTURER: TBA

Credit Points

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 2 hour tutorial class per week.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of Lab per week.

SELF DIRECTED LEARNING Students are to spend about 5 - 6 hours per week for this unit.

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according

to the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Moodle or Class

shares. Students are required to check emails regularly for communication from

the lecturer.

Lectures 56

Tutorials 28

Labs/Workshops 14

Field Trip(s) 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 82

Self Directed Learing (Mid-Term Break)

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks)

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this exciting unit which was designed to help you develop an understanding of

advanced calculus and the ability to formulate and solve models of complex engineering systems

This paper develops an understanding of advanced calculus, and the ability to formulate and solve

problems of mathematical models of complex engineering systems

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to understand the following:

1. Apply vectors to solve problems in three-dimensional space.

2. Create models involving partial derivatives

122

3. Construct and calculate multiple integrals in a variety of settings.

4. Use vector field calculus over curved lines and surfaces.

5. Employ Laplace and Fourier transforms to analyze and solve application problems.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition [2008]

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition

Supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, and supplementary notes

(details) will be provided.

Week 1: Partial Derivatives

1. Functions of several variables

2. Limits & Continuity

3. Definition of Partial Derivatives

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 14 pages 855 - 891) 3

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

Time)

1. Tangent planes & linear approximations

2. Chain Rule

3. Directional derivatives & the gradient vector.

123

4. Maximum & Minimum Values

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 14 pages 892 - 933) 3

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

Time)

1. Lagrange Multipliers

2. Double integrals over rectangles

3. Iterated integrals

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 14 pages 934- 940, Chapter 15 2

pages 951 - 964)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

Time)

1. Double integral over general regions

2. Double integrals in Polar coordinates

3. Applications of double integrals

124

4. Triple Integrals

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 15 pages 965 - 999) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

Time)

1. Triple integrals in Cylindrical coordinates

2. Triple integrals in Spherical coordinates

3. Change of variables in Multiple integrals

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 15 pages 1000 - 1020) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

1. Vector fields

2. Line Integrals

3. Fundamental theorem for line integrals

4. Green's Theorem

125

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 16 pages 1027 - 1060) 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

1. Curl & Divergence

2. Parametric surfaces & areas

3. Surface Integrals

4. Stroke's Theorem

5. Divergence Theorem

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

James Stewart, Calculus, Thomson Brooks/Cole ,6th Edition (Chapter 16 pages 1061 - 1104) 3

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

1. Laplace Transform

2. Inverse Laplace Transform

3. Linearity & s- Shifting

4. Transform of derivatives & integrals

126

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 6 2

pages 220 - 233)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

1. Unit Step Functions: t- Shifting

2. Convolution

3. Integral Equations

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 6 2

pages 233 - 255)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

1. Differentiation of Transform

2. Integration of Transform

3. Systems of ODE's

127

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 6 2

pages 256 - 263)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

1. Fourier Series

2. Functions of any period p = 2L

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 2

11 pages 478 - 489)

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

1. Even & Odd Functions

2. Half Range Expansions

3. Forced Oscillations

No of Lectures 4

128

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 6 2

pages 490 - 501)

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

1. Approximation by Trigonometric Polynomials

2. Fourier Integral

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 2

11 pages 502 - 512)

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

1. Fourier Cosine & Sine Transforms

2. Fourier Transform : Discrete & Fast Fourier Transform

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 2

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

129

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 2

11 pages 513 - 528)

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Laboratory exercise using MatLab 1

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 5%

Class Exercises/Quizes 10% 50%

Short Tests 35%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 4 2.5%

Assignment 2 Week 9 2.5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 20%

Quiz-1 Week 4 5%

Quiz-2 Week 9 5%

attendence of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final examination. The

following grading system will be used:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

130

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incompleste 0

Assessment

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Teminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work

is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more

serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even

lead to your expulsion from the university.

131

Actions that constitute plagiarism

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

132

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

Credit Points

TUTORIALS: N/A

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours of practical per week

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 5 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according

to the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Engineering Computation 2 (BEN601)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Class

Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for

communication from the lecturer

Lectures 56

Tutorials 0

Labs/Workshops 42

Self Directed Learning (during term) 82

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break)

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks)

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

To introduce to the Civil Engineering students the importance of land survey in the construction of engineering

structures, whether horizontal or vertical construction.

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Determine the linear and angular units used in land surveying.

1.2.2. Explain the significance of scale in relation to mapping.

1.2.3. Produce a labelled sketch using a level and a theodolite in simplified form.

133

1.2.4. Carry out and plot a simple linear survey.

1.2.5. Carry out a close traverse.

1.2.6. Complete the reduction calculations including assessing the accuracy of the traverse.

1.2.7. Calculate Northing, Eastings.

1.2.8. Take and record readings using the level, theodolite and total station.

1.2.9. Carry out a leveling exercise to determine the difference in height between two points at least 1/2 kilometer

apart.

1.2.10. Carry out a detailed survey using theodolite and chain.

1.2.11. Carry out a Grid Levelling survey and plot contours for a building site.

1.2.12. Use surveying techniques to locate historical boundary pegs.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Irvine, William,FRICS .(1998) Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-1

2.2.1. White, W.S. Revision Notes on Plane Surveying, Newnes-Butterworths, ISBN 0-408-000678

2.2.2. Bannister, S. Raymond, A. and Baker, R.W. (1998) Surveying (7th Edition), Longman, ISBN 0582302498

2.2.3. JcMcCormac, Surveying 5th Edition ISBN 0-471-23758-2

Lecture Notes and Laboratory Manual

Linear measurement, angular unit of measurement, scaled drawing in surveying, understanding of site plans, grid

lines, surface relief, gradients, national grid lines and grid references and surveying conventional lines.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Chapter 1 and 2 (pages 1 - 25) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, 3

McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6

134

Week 2: Methods and Procedures of Surveying

Principles of Linear Surveying: Trilateration, lines at right angle (offsets). Linear Measurement Techniques:

Steel tapes; Instrumentation: Unit systems; Theory of operation: Consideration of Accuracy; Linear

Measurement Corrections including temperature, tension, sag, calibration, slope, curvature.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Chapter 3, Linear Surveying (pages 26 - 58) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for 2

Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

Week 3: Levelling

Levelling instruments; the surveying telescope, categories of levelling instruments, setting up dumpy level, tilting

level,

automatic level. Leveling procedure using the rise and fall method, flying levelling, closed circuit of levelling, the

method

of series levelling. Levelling procedure using the method of HPC (height of the collimation method), Reciprocal

Levelling.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Chapter 4, Levelling (pages 58 - 96) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, 2

McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

Week 4: Contouring

Contour characteristics, gradients. Methods of contouring; choice of vertical interval, setting out a point of known

level, direct

method of contouring, indirect method of contouring and interpolations.

No of Lectures 4

135

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Field Exercise 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 5, Contouring (pages 99 - 124) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for Construction, 2

McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

Week 5: Theodolites

Main components of theodolites: tripod, Trivet stage, Tribrach (levelling arrangement of tribrach (upper plate),

controls for

measuring horizontal angles, index marks, transit axis or trunnion axis, altitude spirit level, centering motion,

optical plummet.

Reading the circles: direct reading, direct scale reading, micrometer reading, double micrometer, optoelectronic,

setting up

the Theodolite: Plumb bob method, optical plumb method. Measuring horizontal angles: Reiteration Method,

Repitition Method.

Measuring angles in the vertical plane; Measurement of vertical and zenith angles. Errors affecting angular

measurement.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Field Exercise 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 7, Theodolites (pages 144 - 168) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for 2

Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

Week 6: Traverse Survey

Types of traverse: open traverse, closed traverse, traverse closed between two fixed points. Four basic principles

of traversing,

plotting a traverse.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

136

0

Readings:

Chapter 8, Traverse Survey (pages 169 - 185) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for 2

Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

Week 7: Traverse Survey Computation

Magnetic bearings, true bearings, grid bearings, magnetic declination, assumed bearings, forward and back

bearings,

quadrant bearings, conversion of angles to bearings in open traverse and closed traverse. Obtaining bearings

directly using

theodolite, rectangular coordinates, coordinates calculation, calculation of a closed traverse (adjustments by

Bowditch Rule).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Field Exercise 3

Readings:

Chapter 9, Traverse Survey Computation (pages 187 - 216) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . 3

Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

Week 8: Stadia Tacheometry

Stadia Tacheometry: basic concept, stadia tacheometry (horizontal sights, inclined sigths). Use of Stadia

Tacheometry.

Electro-magnetic Distance Measurements (EDM), types of EDM instrument: Theodolite and EDM Electronic Field

Book.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Field Exercise 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 10, Tacheometry (pages 217 - 242) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for 2

Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Revision of lecture notes 1

137

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

Use of the surveyor's field book: Methods of recording and processing of field data: Plotting of information to

produce site and

area plans: use of standard symbols for detailing: methods for contouring site plans: Computation of Northings and

Eastings

correction by the Bowditch Method.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Field Exercise 3

Readings:

Chapter 8, pages 197 - 213; Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 2nd 2

Edition

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

Introduction to photogrammetry,central perspertive, flight line, focal length, fiducial points, photoscale, types of

distortion, photo interpretation, basic factors of recognition, orthophoto, stereo pair, stereoscope. GPS,

componants, principle of determining position by GPS, accuracies of survey data using GPS.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Chapter 1, pages 1-9, Chapter 6, pages 133-146, Chapter 7 pages 149 - 170; Textbook: Moffit 4

Francis H. and Mikhail Edward M. Photogrammetry (3rd Ed), Harper & Row Publishers, New York,

ISBN 0-0-700-22517-X

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

138

Week 11: Mensuration - areas

Calculation of plane areas, areas with straight line enclosures, irregular areas, etc: area calculations

for long and cross

sections: Area calculation by use of coordinates: Area measurement using the Planimeter.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 14, Mensuration-Areas (pages 325 - 339) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for 2

Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

General rule for calculating volume, calculation of earthwork volume by simpson's 1/3 rule, calculation

of volume by

prismoidal rule, calculation of volumes of large scale earthworks (by spot levels or by contours) .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 15, Mensuration-Volume (pages 340 - 356) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . Surveying for 2

Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

Classification of drawings, principles of measuring an existing building , conducting survey of buildings, plotting

survey

of existing buildings.

No of Lectures 4

139

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 16, Survey of existing buildings (pages 357 - 364) Textbook: Irvine, William,FRICS . 2

Surveying for Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, ISBN 0-07-707998-2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

An introduction to setting out , definition of setting out, personnel involve in setting out and construction , plans and

drawings

associated with setting out, the principles of setting out, setting out procedures, horizontal control techniques,

reference grids,

vertical control techniques, coordinate positioning techniques.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Chapter 11 Setting out (pages 462 - 504) Surveying for Engineers by John Uren and Bill Price, 5th 2

Edition

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 1

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 10%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

140

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 5%

Assignment 2 Week 13 5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

Laboratory Week 10 10%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

Result Withheld/Incomplete

I Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

141

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps

to get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and

reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the

HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work

is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more

serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even

lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and

adding proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

142

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER

LECTURERS: TBA

Credit Points 12

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours lab for Weeks 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 for the Semester

SELF Students are to spend about 5 -9 hours per week for this unit.

DIRECTED

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E- All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Class Shares. Students are

INFORMATION: required to check their emails regularly for communication from the lecturer

LEARNING

HOURS: 91

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 21

Self Directed Learning (during term) 87

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break)

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks)

Total Recommended Learning Hours 178

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting. This course will introduce to you the theories and principles of soil mechanics to prepare you to learn

the fundamentals necessary in the design of engineering foundation structures (strip footing, pad footing, mat

foundation, footing on piles ) based on the safe bearing capacity of soil foundation.

This unit will make the student to understand the principle and theories of soil mechanics for preparation of

designing

engineering foundation structures.

143

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Calculate water content, density, unit weight & specific density of soil.

1.2.2. Calculate void ratio, porosity & degree of saturation of soil.

1.2.3. Determine the index properties of soil like particle size distribution, consistency limits, in-situ

density & density index to identify & classify the soil.

1.2.4. Classify the soil under different system to find the suitability in construction of dams, highways, etc.

1.2.5. Determine the seepage of water through the body of earth dams and stability of slopes.

1.2.6. Determine the rate of settlement of a saturated compressible soil.

1.2.7. Calculate uplift pressure under hydraulic structures and against piping.

1.2.8. Calculate ground water flow towards wells and drainage of soil.

1.2.9. Determine the magnitude of vertical stress, effective vertical stress and pore water pressure.

1.2.10. Determine the effect of capillary rise on soil that affect engineering structures.

1.2.11. Calculate the coefficient of compressibility, coefficient of consolidation & degree of consolidation.

1.2.12. Calculate time factor and time of settlement of soil due to compressive load of structures.

1.2.13. Calculate thrust on wall due to backfill & due to uniformly distributed load over backfill.

1.2.14. Calculate bearing capacity, ultimate bearing capacity, maximum safe bearing capacity of soil.

1.2.15. Calculate the shear strength of cohesive and cohesionless soils.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Smith, G.N. Elements of Soil Mechanics (1996)(3rd Edition), Crosby, Lockwood.

Staples, ASIN 0258969490.

2.2.2. Craig, Robert F (1995), Soil Mechanics (5th Edition), Rutledge (also E & FN. Spoon). ISBN 0412395908.

2.2.1. Soil Mechanics by M.J. Smith, 4th Edition, ISBN 0-582-03380-2

2.2.2. Alison, I.S. and Patmer, D.F., Geology, the science of the changing Earth, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York.

Lecture Notes and Laboratory Manual

The importance of soil as an engineering material. A brief history of the development of Soil Mechanics.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 1 ( pages 1-6) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition. 2

144

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 5

Week 2: Basic characteristics of soil

Description of particle size distribution in soil samples. The triangular classification system for soil types. Some

engineering applications of particle size distribution curves. Methods of determining particle size distribution by

sieve analysis & hydrometer analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 1 pages 6-37 of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition. 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Week 3: Different properties of soil

The Nature of Soil. Phases of Soil. Definitions of void ratio, Degree of Saturation, Mass Density, Specific Gravity,

etc.

Properties of Soil.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

The Nature of Soils (Chapter 1.1 pages 1-6); Particle Size Analysis (Chapter 1.2 pages 6-8); Plasticity 2

of Fine-Grained Soils (Chapter 1.3 pages 8-10); Soil description & classification (Chapter 1.4 pages 10-

24); Phase relationships (Chapter 1.5 pages 24-28); Soil compaction (Chapter 1.6 pages 28-36)Soil

Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition.

Soil Properties (Chapter 1.7 pages 22-23); Void ratio and porosity (Chapter 1.7.1 page 23); Degree of 2

Saturation (Chapter 1.7.2 pages 23-24); Particle Specific Gravity (Chapter 1.7.3 pages 24-25); Density

and Unit weight (Chapter 1.7.4 pages 26-30); Relative Density (Chapter 1.7.5 page 30); Soil physical

relations (Chapter 1.8 pages 30-31) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian

G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

145

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 4: Consistency limits

Indices of Plasticity: Definition of Liquid Limit: Plastic Limit and Shrinkage Limit. Apparatus and methods for

determining the values of the plasticity indices. Use of the cone penetrometer and the Casagrande apparatus.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Liquid Limit and plastic limit; plasticity index; liquidity index; shrinkage limit; (Chapter 1.4 pages 10-12) 2

Determination of liquid & plastic limits using Cone Penetrometer Method (definitive method), One-point

cone penetrometer method and method using the casagrande apparatus ( Chapter 1.4 pages 12-14); of

Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Week 5:Soil classification system

Total classification systems. Field methods for soil classification. The unified classification system.

Plasticity charts. The British System of Soil classification. Engineering Characteristics of Soils.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Soil Classification in the field (Chapter 1.4.1 page 6) Soil classification in the Laboratory ( Chapter 1.4.2 1

pages 6-7); Soil classification system: The British Soil Classification System (BSCS) (Chapter 1.6.1

pages 15-21) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-

04126-9

The British Soil Classification System(Chapter 1 pages 14-18); The Unified Classification System 1

(Chapter 1 pages 18-22) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Week 6: Soil permeability

146

Types of water retained in soils. Aquifers & aquacultures. Water tables and the capillary fringe. Salt water

intrusion and

the circular island model. Permeability of Soils. Darcy's Law and soil permeability. Definition of the Coefficient of

Permeability K. Permeability testing by the constant and falling head methods. One Dimensional Groundwater

Movement. Well tests. Typical K values for soils. Effects of temperature.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Soil Water, Permeability & Flow (Chapter 2 pages 34-81) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by 3

G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 7:Pore water pressure

Mass and weight of soils. Effects of pore water pressure on soil skeleton strength.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Effective Stress (Chapter 3 pages 81-100) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th 2

Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

The effective stress concept. Calculations and Mohr's circle representation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

147

Readings:

Shear Strength (Chapter 4 pages 103-151) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 6th 5

Edition.

Shear Strength of Soil (Chapter 3 pages 82-130) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by

G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 9: Phreatic line of Earth Dam

Determination of discharge through an Earth Dam using Flow net. The phreatic line of flow in an Earth Dam by

Casagrande Method.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Lateral Earth Pressure (Chapter 6 pages 179-246) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450- 3

5, 6th Edition.

Lateral Earth Pressure (Chapter 6 pages 196-238) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by 2

G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 10: Soil consolidation

Description of consolidation of a soil. Theoritical models of consolidation. Settlement. Oedometer test.

Pre-consolidation and its effects on subsequent performance. Measurement related to consolidation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Consolidation Theory (Chapter 7 pages 248-299) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450- 3

5, 6th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

148

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 11: Bearing capacity of shallow foundation

Determination of ultimate bearing capacity, allowable bearing capacity of shallow foundation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Bearing Capacity (Chapter 8 pages 302-372) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5, 3

6th Edition.

Bearing Capacity of Soil (Chapter 8 pages 269-310) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by 2

G.N.Smith an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 12 : Shear strength of soil

Shear strength parameters of soil, the angle of internal friction of coarse grained soil, cohesion and angle of

internal

friction of fine grained soil.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 4 (pages 103 - 151) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig , 5th Edition 2

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 13: Triaxial apparatus

The triaxial apparatus for testing the shear strength of cohesionless and cohesive soils.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

149

0

Readings:

Chapter 4 (pages 103 - 151) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig , 5th Edition 3

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Week 14. Stability of slopes

Stability of slopes of roadway embankment by ordinary method of slices.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Stability of Slopes (Chapter 9 pages 376-401) of Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig ISBN 0-419-22450-5,

6th Edition.

Stability of Slopes (Chapter 5 pages 151-185) of Elements of Soil Mechanics, 7th Edition by G.N.Smith

an Ian G.N. Smith ISBN 0-632-04126-9

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

4.0 Assessment

Minimum

Component Weighting Level

Assignment 15%

Class Tests 25% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%

Final

50%

Examination 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 7.5%

Assignment 2 Week 13 7.5%

150

Class Test 1 Week 7 13%

Class Test 2 Week 13 12%

Laboratary (x7) Week 13 10%

performed

a)Sieve Analysis Week 6

b)Moisture Content Week 7

c) Attenberg Limits Week 9

d) Liquid Limit Week 10

f) Constant & Falling Head Permeability Test Week 11

f) Consolidation Test Week 12

g)Undrained Triaxial Test Week 13

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs also.

Marks Grade

Point

Grade Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

151

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

to get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and

reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to

the HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your

work is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In

more serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may

even lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and

adding proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

152

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER

LECTURERS: TBA

Credit Points 12

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours lab for Weeks 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 of the semester

SELF Students are to spend about 5 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

DIRECTED

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Engineering Computation 2 (BEN601)

E- All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Class Shares. Students are

INFORMATION: required to check their emails regularly for communication from the lecturer

LEARNING

HOURS: 91

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 21

Self Directed Learning (during term) 89

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break)

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks)

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting. This course will introduce the student the basic theories and principles of fluid at rest and fluid in

motion including the study of the principles of dimensional analysis and hydraulic similitude in preparation for

him/her to design different water engineering structures.

153

This unit deals with the application of fluid at rest, fluid in motion and the dynamic effects of forces created by the

moving liquid. The syllabus of the unit are: study of total hydrostatic pressure in plane and curved surface,

bouyant force, stability of floating bodies, dimensional analysis and hydraulic similitude Buckingham Pi Theorem,

application of different hydraulic model laws (Reynold Model Law, Weber Model Law, Mach Model Law), pipeline

system analysis including minor losses in pipe friction losses in pipes, pipe in series, pipes in parallel, pipe

network analysis by Hardy Cross Method and Linearization Method; analysis of net positive suction head (NPSH)

and pump selection; steady open channel flow including analysis of best economic trapezoidal section critical

depth of flow , rapidly varying flow, hydraulic jump, gradually varying flow, classification of surface profile, and

analysis of backwater profile by direct step and numerical integration methods.

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Describe the fluid state and define the properties of fluid.

1.2.2. Calculate intensity of pressures, total hydrostatic pressure and centers of pressure in plane and curved

surface.

1.2.3. Apply Archimedes principle in analysis of floating bodies.

1.2.4. Calculate the location of the metacentric height of simple floating body.

1.2.5. Choose a suitable control volume and apply the control volume equation.

1.2.6. Distinguish between laminar and turbulent pipe flows.

1.2.7. Calculate the discharge in orifice, venturi meter and pitot tube.

1.2.8. Use the Barr formula to calculate coefficient of friction for head loss computation in pipes.

1.2.9. Use the Darcy and Weisbach equation in calculation of friction loss in pipeline.

1.2.10. Use the Colebrook-White equation for design of uniform pipeline.

1.2.11. Apply the three fundamental laws (conservation of mass, conservation of energy and conservation of

momentum in analysis of pipe law problems)

1.2.13. Draw the graphical interpretation of total energy in pipeline. (Energy gradeline and hydraulic gradeline)

1.2.14. Calculate distribution of discharge in pipes in parallel, pipes in series and three reservoir problem.

1.2.15. Apply the principle of Hardy Cross method in pipe network analysis.

1.2.16. Apply the forces of impact of jets to the flat and curved surfaces.

1.2.17. Derive and understand the significance of the dimensional analysis and hydraulic similitude.

1.2.18. Use results from hydraulic models to predict prototype behaviour.

1.2.19. Estimate skin friction and form drag forces on solid bodies.

1.2.20. Calculate normal and critical depths in prismatic channels.

1.2.21. Apply the principle of hydraulic jump analysis in design of water engineering structures.

1.2.22. Sketch and identify the open channel flow surface profiles.

1.2.23. Sketch surface profiles for combinations of channels and hydraulic controls.

1.2.24. Compute surface profiles for simple situations including location of jumps.

1.2.25. Describe different types of pumps and turbine and briefly describe their operation.

1.2.26. Select a pump for a duty and check for the possibility of cavitation.

2.0 Resources

154

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition [2004] by Andrew Chadwick and Martin

Borthwick , ISBN 0-415-306094

2.1.2 Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics, 3rd Edition, Volume 1 by Douglas, Gasiorek and Swaffield, Prentice

Hall, ISBN 0-582-41476-8

2.1.3 Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri &n R.E. Featherstone, 4th Edition,ISBN 13:978-0-632-055514-2

2.2.1. Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and James G. Woodburn, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons

Incorporated.

2.2.2 .Understanding Hydraulics by Les Hamill, 2nd Edition, ISBN 13 978-0- 333-77906 -4

Lecture Notes and Laboratory Manual

Liquids and gases. Properties of fluids. Density, Viscosity, Bulk Modulus, Surface Tension. Units and dimensions

of fluid properties. Study of the principle of dimensional homogeneity.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Introduction (pages 1-8 ) Textbook - Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics (Volume 1) 3rd Edition 2

J.F. Douglas and R.D. Matthews.

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Intensity of pressure , variation of pressure with depth of fluid , Pascal Law.

Pressure measurement using manometers and the capillary effects of fluid.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

155

Chapter 1- (pages 9-26 ) Textbook - Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics (Volume 1) 3rd Edition 3

J.F. Douglas and R.D. Matthews. (Textbook can be found at FNU Samabula Library)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Total pressure on Plane surfaces . Location of position of center of pressure with respect to center of gravity.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 3 (pages 41 - 50) Textbook - Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and 1

James G. woodburn, 5th Edition , John Wiley and Sons(Textbook not in FNU Library).

Chapter 2 (pages28-40); Textbook - Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics, Volume 1 3rd Edition by 2

J.F. Douglas and R.D. Matthews

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Curved Surfaces and Parabolic Surfaces

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 2 (pages40-50); Textbook - Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics, Volume 1 3rd Edition by 1

J.F. Douglas and R.D. Matthews

Chapter 3 (pages 51 - 54) Textbook - Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and 1

James G. woodburn, 5th Edition , John Wiley and Sons.

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

156

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6

Principle of Archimedes; stability and metacenter, stability of floating cone.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 3 (pages 51 -58); Textbook - Solving Problems in Fluid Mechanics, Volume 1 3rd Edition 1

by J.F. Douglas and R.D. Matthews

Chapter 3 (pages 66 - 75) Textbook - Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and 1

James G. woodburn, 5th Edition , John Wiley and Sons

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 6: Dams

Determination of different forces acting dams, hydraulic analysis of the stability of dams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 3 (pages 57- 61) Textbook - Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and James 1

G. woodburn, 5th Edition , John Wiley and Sons

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Week 7: Flow in Pipes and Closed Conduit and Flow of Incompressible in Pipeline

Theory of Laminar and Turbulent flow in pipes including internal shear stress and velocity distribution.

Definition of the hydraulic gradeline. The Hagen-Poiseuille equation. Friction factor and the Darcy-Weisbach

equation. Osborne Reynold's number. Minor and major losses in pipes; the Bernoulli's equation.

Resistance in circular pipeline flowing full;Design of uniform pipeline, pipes in series and pipes in parallel.

157

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 4(pages 91- 121) Textbook - Hydraulics in Civil and environmental engineering by A. 2

Chadwick, J. Morfettand M. Borthwick, 4th Edition. Textbook in FNU Library.

Chapter 4 (pages 91-120) Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri and R.E. Featherstone, 4th 2

Edition. (Textbook in FNU Library)

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Hydraulic gradient in pump- pipeline systems, multiple pump systems, suction lift limitations.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 6 (pages 154 - 176) Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri and R.E. Featherstone, 4th 2

Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Analysis of pipe network by Hardy Cross method and by Linear theory method

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 121 - 153) Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri &n R.E. Featherstone, 4th 3

Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

158

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Natural and artificial channel and their properties,Laminar and turbulent flow in open channel, uniform flow and

compound channel.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 122 - 136) Textbook - Hydraulics in Civil and environmental engineering by A. 2

Chadwick, J. Morfettand M. Borthwick, 4th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Rapidly varied flow : alternate stages of flow in open channel , critical depth and specific energy , hydraulic jump,

derivation of the conjugate depth equation, the venturi flume. Analysis of gradually varied flow.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Chapter 5(pages 138- 184) Textbook - Hydraulics in Civil and environmental engineering by A. 3

Chadwick, J. Morfettand M. Borthwick, 4th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Application of the control volume equation to problems involving momentum. Calculation of force due to an

impinging jet, deflector vanes, expansions, contractions and bends. Other applications of the momentum

equation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

159

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 2(pages 36- 42) Textbook - Hydraulics in Civil and environmental engineering by A. 2

Chadwick, J. Morfettand M. Borthwick, 4th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

Determination of radial, tangential and peripheral velocity of the pump impeller. The exit angle of the impeller

blade of the pump. The principle of net positive suction head. Pump and pipeline analysis to determine the

operating point of the pump. The principle of cavitation in pump.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 7 (pages 202 - 210) Textbook - Hydraulics in Civil and environmental engineering by A. 2

Chadwick, J. Morfettand M. Borthwick, 4th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Laboratory Report 1

Dimensional analysis using the principle of Pi- Buckingham theorem. Application of Reynold's model law, Froude

model law, Weber model law and Euler's model law in hydraulic similitude between the model and the

prototype.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 11(pages 371- 397) Textbook - Hydraulics in Civil and environmental engineering by A. 4

Chadwick, J. Morfettand M. Borthwick, 4th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Laboratory Report 0

160

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

4.0 Assessment

Minimum

Component Weighting Level

Assignment 15%

Class Tests 25% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%

Final

50%

Examination 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 7.5%

Assignment 2 Week 13 7.5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 13%

Class Test 2 Week 13 12%

Laboratary (x7) Week 13 10%

performed

a) Bourdon gauge calibration Week 4

b)Total Hydrostatic pressure on plane surfaces Week 5

c) Stability of floating Bodies Week 6

d) Fluid friction in pipes Week 7

e) Venturi and Orifice meter Week 8

f) Thin plate weirs Week 9

g)Hydraulic jump Week 10

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs also.

Marks Grade Point

Grade Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

161

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

to get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and

reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to

the HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your

work is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In

more serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may

even lead to your expulsion from the university.

162

Actions that constitute plagiarism

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and

adding proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly

your own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

163

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER

LECTURERS: TBA

Engineers Credit Points 12

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF Students are to spend about 6- 9 hours per week for this unit.

DIRECTED

LEARNING

CONSULTATIO Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

N TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: TBA)

PREREQUISITE: Engineering Mechanics (BEN508)

E- All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Class Shares.

INFORMATION: Students are required to check their emails regularly for communication from the

lecturer

LEARNING

HOURS: 70

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 110

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break)

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks)

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting. This unit will introduce the student the necessary solid mechanics and principles for preparation in the

design of engineering structures

This unit will introduce the student the necessary solid mechanics theories and principles for preparation in the

design of engineering structures.

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

164

1.2.1. Mastery of plotting the shear and moment diagrams of statically determinate and

indeterminate beams and frames.

1.2.2. Sketch beam deflection diagrams for a wide range of loading and support conditions.

1.2.3. Calculate deflection by double integration method.

1.2.4. Prove the Moment Area Theorems and apply to simple cases.

1.2.5. Calculate deflections using Virtual Work Method.

1.2.6. Analyze statically indeterminate members using three moment equation.

1.2.7. Analyze statically indeterminate members using the method of moment distribution.

1.2.8. Analyze statically indeterminate members using the principle of Slope Deflection Equation.

1.2.9. Analyze statically indeterminate members using the method of consistent deformation.

1.2.10. Explain the concept of the "Rolling Load" and the term "Influence Line"

1.2.11. Calculate values and draw an influence line diagram.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Strength of Materials by Ferdinand L. Singer & Andrew Pytel, 3rd Edition [1982], ISBN 0-06-046229-9

2.2.2 Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler, 6th Edition, ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4

2.2.3. Structural Mechanics by Hassan Al Nageim, F. Durka, W. Morgan., & D. Williams , 7th Edition

2.2.1. Durka, Frank:Morgan, W:Williams, D.T. (1980). Structural Mechanics (ELBS Edition),

Longman Group, Ltd. London.

2.2.2. Structural Analysis by Harold Laursen, 3rd Edition.

Lecture Notes

Week 1: Introduction

Introduction to the study of Structural mechanics. Idealisation of structures. Decomposition and the free-body

diagram approach,

review of calculation of reactions, shear force and bending moment in beams. Shear Foce and Bending Moment

Diagrams.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Introduction to Structural Mechanics (Chapter 1 page 3 ); Beam reactions (Chapter 5 pages 80-89); 1

Shear Force & Bending Moment & shear force & bending moment diagrams (Chapter 8 pages 144 3

- 165)

165

of Structural Mechanics by Hassan Al Nageim, F. Durka, W. Morgan., & D. Williams , 7th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 2: Deflections

Deflection Diagrams/Elastic Curves

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Deflection (Chapter 8, pages 270 - 272), Textbook: Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler, 5th Edition 1

ISBN 0-13-098460-4

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Finding deflection of simply supported beams by Double Integration Method. Derivation of formula and principle of

Double

Integration Method. Method of finding beam deflection.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Double Integration Method (Chapter 8, pages 298 - 303), Textbook: Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler 2

ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

166

Finding deflection of simply supported beams by area moment method. Derivation of formula and principle of Area

Moment

Method. Method of finding beam deflection.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Area Moment Method (Chapter 8, pages 304 - 313), Textbook: Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler 3

ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Determining the displacement/deflection and slope at a point on the elastic curve of a beam using Conjugate

Beam Method.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Conjugate Beam Method (Chapter 8,pages 289-296) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 2

978-81-317-2141-4, 5th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Finding deflection of beams and trussess by Virtual Work Method. Examples of Deflections calculations for beams

and frames.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

167

Principle of Virtual Work (Chapter 9, pages 334-336); Method of Virtual Work: Trussess (Chapter 9, 2

pages 336-342); Method of Virtual Work: Beams & Frames (Chapter 9, pages 343-354) of

Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Introduction to the Three Moment Equation Method. Outline of the general principle including definitions.

Application of the

Three Moment Equation Method to analysis of statically indeterminate beams. Mid Semestral Test.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Determinacy & Stability (Chapter 2, page 47);Statically Indeterminate Structures (Chapter 10, page 1

383) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Finding Fixed-End-Moments by Slope Deflection Method. Derivation of the governing equations. Application to the

Analysis of Beams

and Frames.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Displacement Method of Analysis: Slope Deflection Equations (Chapter 11 page 433);Displacement 2

Method of Analysis: General Procedures (Chapter 11,page 433-435); Slope Deflection Equations

(Chapter 11, pages 435-440); Analysis of Beams (Chapter 11, pages 441-447); Analysis of Frames:

No Sideways (Chapter 11, pages 449-453) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-

317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

168

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Introduction to the Moment Distribution Method. Outline of the general principle including definitions. Application of

the

moment distribution method to indeterminate beams and frames.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Displacement Method of Analysis: Moment Distribution (Chapter 12 page 469);General Principles & 3

Definition (Chapter 12, page 469-472); Moment Distribution for Beams (Chapter 12, pages 473-

481); Stiffness Factor Modifications (Chapter 12, pages 482-487);Moment Distribution for Frames:

No Sideways (Chapter 12, pages 488-489) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-

317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Analyzing indeterminate structures using Method of Consistent Deformation. Derivation of the governing

equations.

Application to the Analysis of Beams.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

169

Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Structures by the Foce Method (Chapter 10 page 383);Statically 2

Indeterminate Structures; Advantages & Disadvantages; Method of Analysis; Force Method;

Displacement Method (Chapter 10, pages 383-385); Force Method of Analysis: General Procedure;

Procedure for Analysis (Chapter 10, pages 386-389); Maxwell's Theorem of Reciprocal

Displacements: Betti's Law (Chapter 10, pages 390-391);Force Method of Analysis: Beams:

(Chapter 10, pages 391-399); Force Method of Analysis: Frames (Chapter 10, pages 400-403);

Force Method of Analysis: Trussess (Chapter 10, pages 404-406) of Structural Analysis by R.C.

Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Define the term Influence Line. Work through examples of the generation of influence line diagrams for statically

determinate structures. Determine maximum influence at a point for complex combined loading conditions.

Determination

of absolute maximum moment caused by moving loads passing a highway bridge.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Influence Lines: (Chapter 6, pages 203-209);Influence Lines for Beams (Chapter 6, pages 211-213); 2

Maximum influence at a point due to a series of concentrated loads (Chapter 6, pages 230-239); Absolute

Maximum Shear & Moment (Chapter 6, pages 240-243) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-

317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Cables & Arches. Basic structural analysis of suspended cables and two & three hinged arch.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

170

Readings:

Cables and Arches: (Chapter 5 page 179); Cables (Chapter 5, pages 179-180); Cable Subjected to 2

concentrated loads (Chapter 5, pages 180-181); Cable subjected to a uniform distributed load

(Chapter 5, pages 182-187); Arches (Chapter 5, page 188); Three-hinged Arch (Chapter 5 pages

189-193) of Structural Analysis by R.C. Hibbeler ISBN 978-81-317-2141-4, 6th Edition.

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Basic stability analysis of Retaining Wall.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Retaining Walls:Introduction (Chapter 8, pages 353-354); Gravity & Cantilever Walls: Proportioning 3

Retaining Walls (Chapter 8, page 355); Application of Lateral Earth Pressure Theories to Design

(Chapter 8, pages 356-357); Stability of Retaining Walls (Chapter 8, pages 358-359); Check for

Overturning (Chapter 8, pages 359-361); Check for Sliding along the base (Chapter 8, pages 361-

363); Check for Bearing Capacity failure (Chapter 8, pages 364-374); Lateral Earth Pressure:

Introduction( Chapter 7, pages 308-309) Lateral Pressure at rest (Chapter 7, pages 309-311);

Rankine Active Earth Pressure (Chapter 7, pages 312-315); A General Case for Rankine Active

Pressure: Granular Backfill; Granular backfill with vertical back face (Chapter 7, pages 315-

322);Passive Pressure: Rankine Passive Earth Pressure (Chapter 7, pages 338-344) Rankine

Passive Earth Pressure: Inclined Backfill (Chapter 7, pages 344-345) of Principles of Foundation

Engineering by Braja M. Das ISBN -13: 978-0-495-08246-0, 6th Edition.

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

171

Analysis of Stability of Dams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Solution to Problems in Hydraulics (pages 65 - 86) by Venancio I. Besavilla 2

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Final

50%

Examination 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 7 10%

Assignment 2 Week 15 10%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 15 15%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs also.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

172

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps

to get redress of their grievance.

reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the

HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work

is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more

serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even

lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

173

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and

adding proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

174

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER

LECTURERS: TBA

Geology Credit Points 12

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 4- 8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Engineering Computation 2 (BEN601)

E- All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class Shares. Students are

INFORMATION: required to check their emails regularly for communication from the lecturer

LEARNING

HOURS: 82

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Field Trips 12

Self Directed Learning (during term) 87

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 5

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 6

Total Recommended Learning Hours 180

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting. This unit will introduce to you the scientific theory of origin of the earth, plate tectonic, earthquake,

volcanic eruptions, tsunami, tropical depressions, minerals, groundwater and other scientific geological

principles needed in the study of Civil Engineering.

This unit will introduce to the student the scientific theory of origin of the earth, earthquake, volcanic eruptions,

tsunami, tropical depressions, minerals, groundwater and other scientific principle needed in the study of

175

Civil Engineering.

As a result of successfully completing this unit, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Explain the roll of geology and the geologist in Civil Engineering work.

1.2.2. Explain the scientific formation of the Earth 4.5 billion years ago.

1.2.3. Explain the principle of continental drift and Plate Tectonics.

1.2.4. Explain the characteristics of Earth Interior.

1.2.5. Explain the causes of Earthquakes.

1.2.6. Describe how a volcano is formed.

1.2.7. Explain plate boundary motion and its relation to volcanic activity.

1.2.8. Explain what a site investigation is intend to achieve.

1.2.9. Discuss exploration methods for underground water, oil, gas, etc.

1.2.10. Discuss topics in structural geology e.g. types of fold etc.

1.2.11. Relate geology to engineering works such as dams, buildings, bridges, etc.

1.2.12. Assess and select sites for dams, roads, bridges, buildings; and conservation of soil, water

energy and other earth resources.

1.2.13. Evaluate the hazards that exist naturally and those that are caused by human activities.

1.2.14. List the main mineral types and indicate their uses.

1.2.15. Describe a range of minerals and their exploration techniques.

1.2.16. Describe how igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks are formed.

1.2.17. Discuss the chemistry of rocks.

1.2.18. Discuss the movement of groundwater.

1.2.19. Describe geomorphologic actions of water, wind and ice and explain how they affect

landforms.

1.2.20. Different alternative sources of renewable energy known by man.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Fundamentals of Geology , 2nd Edition [1993] by Carla Montgomery,ISBN 0-697 -09806-0

2.2.1. Alison, I.S. and Patmer, D.F., Geology, the science of the changing Earth, McGraw-Hill Inc.,

New York

2.2.2. Geology, An Introduction to principles of Physical and Historical Geology (3rd Edition) by

Richard M. Pearl, Barnes and Noble, Inc., New York

2.2.3. Physical Geology (Exploring the Earth) 6th Edition by James S. Monroe, Reed Wicander and

Richard W. Hazlett: ISBN-13:978-0-495-01148-5

2.3 Class Shares

176

3.0 Course Content and Reading References

Week 1: Introduction

Geology as a discipline, the Earth within the universe, the early solar system, early atmosphere and oceans

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 1: An Invitation to Geology, pages 3 - 7

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology , 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery 2

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 2: Scientific Formation of the Earth

Discussion of the scientific formation of the Earth 4.5 billion years ago.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 1: An Invitation to Geology, pages 8 - 13

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology , 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 3: Plate Tectonic

Principle of continental drift and Plate Tectonics and the characteristics of Earth Interior.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

177

Readings:

Plate Tectonics (Chapter 9 pages 121-128) 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology , 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 4: Earthquakes and Tsunami

Causes of Earthquakes and Tsunami.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Earthquakes (Chapter 10 pages 137-153) 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology , 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 5: Volcano

Volcano and its danger to environment.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Volcanoes (Chapter 4 pages 50-68) of Fundamentals of Geology by Carla W. Montgomery, 2nd Edition, 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 6: Plate Tectonic Boundary

Three kinds of plate tectonic boundary and its relation to volcanic activity.

178

4

No of Lectures 1

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Plate Tectonics (Chapter 9 pages 129-134) 2

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 7: Natural Hazards

Natural hazards in the earth caused by human activities.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Mass Movements, Mass Wasting (Chapter 19 pages 271-283) 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology , 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 8: Minerals

Main mineral types; various tests to determine the kind of minerals; their uses in the industry and chemistry rocks.

Different kinds of renewable energy resources

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Field Trips

179

Readings:

Mineral Resources(Chapter 20 pages 286-312) 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 9: Different Types of Rocks

Formation of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapters 3, 6 and 7, pages 33-47; pages 83-96; pages 97-107 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 10: Groundwater and water resources

Subsurface water, aquifer geometry,consequences of ground water withdrawal

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Field Trips

Readings:

Groundwater and Water Resources, Chapter 15, (pages214 - 227) 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

180

Week 11: Streams

Hydrologic Cycle, Dflooding.rainage Basins & Size of Streams, Streams as Agents of Erosion, Sediment Transport

and Deposition, Stream Channels and Equilibrium and Flooding.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Streams, Chapter 14, (pages pages 195-211) 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 12: Glaciers

Ice and Hydrologic Cycle, Glacier Formation, Glacial Erosion, Glaciers and Lakes.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Glaciers, Chapter 17, (pages 243-255) 3

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

The Origin of Wind, Wind Erosion and Sediment Transport, Desert.

No of Lectures 4

181

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Wind and Deserts, Chapter 18, (pages 260-268) 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Waves and Tides, Beaches and Coastal Features, Coastal Erosion and Hazards.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Coastal Zones and Processes, Chapter 16, (pages 230-240) 2

Textbook: Fundamentals of Geology 2nd Edition by Carla Montgomery

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 25%

Class Tests 25% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

182

Assignment 1 Week 8 13%

Assignment 2 Week 13 12%

Class Test 1 Week 7 13%

Class Test 2 Week 13 12%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the final examination.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

183

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all academic

matters.

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to your

expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

184

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER

LECTURERS: TBA

BEC607 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Title: Engineering Analysis & Problem Solving

Credit Points 14

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 3 hours lab

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 4 -8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to the

TIME following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Introduction to Computer Programming (BEN507)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class Shares.

Students are required to check their emails regularly for communication from the

lecturer

TOTAL Contact Hours

LEARNING

HOURS: 84

Lectures 28

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 42

Self Directed Learning (during term) 99

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 7

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 20

Total Recommended Learning Hours 210

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting. This unit will introduce the student the importance of MATLAB in engineering problem solving.

To introduce to the student the importance of Mat Lab in engineering problem solving.

Upon completion of this paper, students should be able to:

185

1.2.1. Use of the MATLAB and its capabilities

1.2.2. Discuss numbers ,vectors & Vector space

1.2.3. Discuss Mathematical Operations using Arrays.

1.2.4. Creating and saving a script file.

1.2.5. Plotting of given data.

1.2.6. Creating a function file.

1.2.7. Apply Programming in MATLAB.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1 Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB (2nd

Edition - 2000) , Brooks/Cole

Supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, and supplementary notes (details)

will be provided.

Week 1: Introduction to MATLAB

1. MATLAB Command Window

2. MATLAB Commands for Display and Plotting

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 1 (pages 3 - 21)

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 2 : Introduction to MATLAB (continued)

1. Creating MATLAB Programs

2. MATLAB Programming Language

3. Reinforcement Exercises and Exploration Problems

186

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 1 (pages 22 - 42)

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 3: Numbers and Vectors

1. Properties of Real Numbers

2. Complex Numbers

3. Vectors in two dimensions and three dimensions

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 2 (pages 46 - 69)

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 4 : Numbers and Vectors (continued)

1. Vectors in Higher Dimensions

2. MATLAB Vectors

3. Properties of Vectors

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

187

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 2 (pages 70 - 76)

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 5 : Matrices

1. Basic properties of Matrices

2. MATLAB Matrix operations

3. MATLAB Matrix Inverse

4. MATLAB Solution of Linear Systems

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 3 (pages 102 - 135)

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 6 : Matrices (continued)

1. Linear Transformation

2. MATLAB Homogeneous Transformation

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 3 (pages 139 - 153)

188

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 7 : Eigen values and Eigen vectors

1. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors

2. Matrix Eigen value theorem

3. Complex Vectors and Matrices

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 4 (pages 162 - 173)

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 8 : Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors (continued)

1. MATLAB Commands for Eigen Vectors

2. Matrix Calculus

3. Similar and diagonalizable matrices

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 4 (pages 174 - 187)

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

189

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Week 9 : Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors (continued)

1. Application to differential equations

2. Reinforcement exercises and Exploration problems

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 4 (pages 194 - 200)

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 10 : Linear Differential Equations

1. Classification of Differential Equations

2. Linear Differential Equations

3. Higher order Differential Equations

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 4 (pages 203 - 219)

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 11 : Linear Differential Equations (continued)

1. Second order differential equations

2. Particular solutions of differential equations

3. MATLAB solutions of differential equations

190

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 5 (pages 220 - 242)

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 12 : Linear Differential Equations (continued)

1. Transforming Differential Equations

2. MATLAB solution of couple second order equations

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 5 (pages 250 - 270)

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 13 : Approximation of Functions

1. Polynomial Interpolation

2. Interpolation by spline functions

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 7 (pages 349 - 355)

191

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 14 : Approximation of Functions (continued)

1. Least Squares curve fitting

2. Orthogonal Functions

No of Lectures 2

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 3

0

Readings:

Thomas Harman, James Dabney, Norman Richert , Advanced Engineering Mathematics with 3

MATLAB(2nd Edition) , Brooks/Cole , Chapter 7 (pages 356 - 365)

Reading lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 15% 50%

Class Tests 25% 50%

Laboratory 10% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 7.5%

Assignment 2 Week 13 7.5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 13.0%

Class Test 2 Week 13 12.0%

192

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs also.

Marks Grade Point

Grade Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all academic

matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

193

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to your

expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

194

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC608 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Earthworks, Curves & Credit

Hydrographic Survey Points 16

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 8 - 12 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to

the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Surveying for Engineers (BEN602)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class

Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for

communication from the lecturer

TOTAL LEARNING HOURS: Contact Hours 70

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 137

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 16

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 17

Total Recommended Learning Hours 240

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting.

interesting. This course will introduce to you the importance of study of roadway geometric curves necessary

to have a complete understanding of roadway design and construction.

To prepare the student the necessary mastery of the theories and principles of geometric curves needed in

design or roadway alignment. The syllabus of the unit are: the study of horizontal alignment and vertical

alignment of roadway and also includes study of Mass Diagram Analysis and survey of land under water

(hydrographic survey).

195

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

Upon completion of this paper, students should be able to:

1.2.1. Calculate the geometric properties of plain horizontal curves, compound curves, and reversed curves.

To layout in the field the horizontal curves by method of deflection angles.

1.2.2. Calculate the geometric properties of symmetrical and unsymmetrical vertical parabolic curves. To

layout in the field the horizontal curves by offset from tangents.

1.2.3. Calculate the geometric properties of spiral easement curves. The purpose of spiral easement curves

in design of geometric horizontal alignment of roadway. The basic principles of super elevation in

treatment of the spiral easement curves.

1.2.4. Measure the discharge of the river by using the slope area method.

1.2.5. Determine the discharge of a river by Price Current Meter or by Floats.

1.2.6. Apply the principle of mass diagrams in roadway project construction and supervision with respect to

earthwork movement and utilization of roadway heavy equipment such as Dozer, loader dump truck

and road roller.

1.2.7. Apply the engineering principle of hydrographic survey to secure information concerning the water

areas and the adjacent coast for the preparation and compilation of nautical charts for purpose of

navigation and flood control.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition [2006].

2.1.2. Jack McCormac(2004). Surveying (5th Edition), ISBN 0 -471 -23758 - 2

2.1.1. Irvine, William (1980). Surveying for Construction (4th Edition), McGraw-Hill, ASIN 0070846359

2.3 Class Shares

Leveling, measuring both horizontal and vertical angles using the

theodolite; open traverse and closed traverse, area computation by Double Meridian Distance

Method (DMD) and double parallel distance method (DPD)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

196

Readings:

Chapter 12 Traverse Adjustment and Area Computation (pages 213 - 234) 3

Text: Jack McCormac(2004). Surveying (5th Edition), ISBN 0 -471 -23758 - 2

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Analysis of the geometric properties of plain horizontal curves and compound curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 12, Circular Curves ( pages 585 - 623) 4

Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition, ISBN -13:978 -1 -4039 -2054 -6

Chapter 22, Horizontal Curves(pages 383 - 396)

Textbook:Jack McCormac(2004). Surveying (5th Edition), ISBN 0 -471 -23758 - 2 2

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Analysis of the geometric properties of reversed curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 12, Circular Curves ( pages 585 - 623) 2

Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition, ISBN -13:978 -1 -4039 -2054 -6

Revision of lecture notes 4

197

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Analysis of the geometric properties of symmetrical vertical parabolic curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 14, Vertical Curves ( pages 693 - 727) 4

Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition, ISBN -13:978 -1 -4039 -2054 -6

Chapter 23, Vertical Curves (pages 407 - 412) 2

Textbook:Jack McCormac(2004). Surveying (5th Edition), ISBN 0 -471 -23758 - 2

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Analysis of the geometric properties of unsymmetrical vertical parabolic curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 14, Vertical Curves ( pages 693 - 727)

Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition, ISBN -13:978 -1 -4039 -2054 -6 4

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

198

Week 6: Spiral Easement Curves

Analysis of the geometric properties of spiral easement curves. The purpose of spiral easement curves in

design of geometric horizontal alignment of roadway. The basic principles of super elevation in treatment

of the spiral easement curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 14,The geometry of transition curves ( pages 647 - 692) 4

Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition, ISBN -13:978 -1 -4039 -2054 -6

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Analysis of the geometric properties of spiral easement curves. The purpose of spiral easement curves in

design of geometric horizontal alignment of roadway. The basic principles of super elevation in treatment

of the spiral easement curves.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 14,The geometry of transition curves ( pages 647 - 692) 2

Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition, ISBN -13:978 -1 -4039 -2054 -6

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Earthwork and mass diagram.

199

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 15,Earthwork quantities( pages 729- 796) 4

Textbook: Surveying for Engineers by J. Uren and W.F. Price, 4th Edition, ISBN -13:978 -1 -4039 -2054 -6

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Slope Area Method: the three basic factors that are to be determined in measuring the discharge of the river by

using the slope area method

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Problem 16A (pages 199- 212) Field Manual in Higher Surveying, A Committee on Surveying

by Filipino Educators Inc.,1975 2

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Measurement of Discharge of a river by Price Current Meter or by Floats: The kind of support in crossing the

stream, by wading; by cableway; by bridge or by boat; measurement of depth; measurement of velocity either by

vertical velocity curve method, two-point method, six tenths depth method.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

200

Readings:

Problem 16B (pages 213-242) Field Manual in Higher Surveying, A Committee on Surveying 3

by Filipino Educators Inc.,1975

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Basic principle of hydrographic surveying: The different purposes of Hydrographic Survey.

The principle of sounding , use of echosounder survey equipment in conducting hydrographic survey.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Problem 18 (pages 242-260) Field Manual in Higher Surveying, A Committee on Surveying 3

by Filipino Educators Inc.,1975

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

9

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time)

Sounding , use of echosounder survey equipment in conducting hydrographic survey

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Problem 18 (pages 261-280) Field Manual in Higher Surveying, A Committee on Surveying 2

by Filipino Educators Inc.,1975

Revision of lecture notes 4

201

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

9

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time)

Necessity of Geometric design of a Railway Tra-Gradient-Gradientck. Gradient and Grade Compensation-Ruling

gradient-Momentum gradient-Pusher gradient-Gradient in station yards-Grade compensation on curves. Speed of

the train-Speed on curves. Radius or degree of curvature.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 13 (pages 153-162) , Textbook: Railway Engineering, 5th Edition by Subhash C. Saxena and 2

Satyapal Arora

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Super elevation or cant-Objects of providing super elevation-Relationship of super elevation, gauge, speed, speed

and radius of the curve-Average speed-Limits of super elevation, cant deficiency-Negative super elevation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 13 (pages 162-177) , Textbook: Railway Engineering, 5th Edition by Subhash C. Saxena and 2

Satyapal Arora

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

202

9

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time)

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 10%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Field Exercise 10% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 5%

Assignment 2 Week 13 5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

Field Exercise (3) Week 7 - 13 10%

50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs also.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

203

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work

is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more

serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even

lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

204

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

205

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 9 - 12 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according

to the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class

Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for

communication from the lecturer

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 162

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 4

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 4

Total Recommended Learning Hours 240

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting. This course will introduce to you the basic theories and principles of fluid in motion(unsteady flow)

including review of steady open channel flow.

To prepare the students to have a complete mastery of theories and principles of hydraulics necessary in the

design of water engineering structures.

206

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

Upon completion of this paper, students should be able to:

1.2.1. Mastery of theories involved in analysis of steady flow in open channel.

1.2.2. Calculation of propagation of positive and negative surge waves due to unsteady flow in open channel

1.2.3. Design of erodible trapezoidal channel using the principle of tractive force ratio.

1.2.4. Pipe network analysis using Hardy Cross method and Linearization method.

1.2.5. Analysis of Pump-Pipeline to determine the necessary horsepower capacity of the pump needed to be

installed in the system.

1.2.6. Analysis of variation of velocity and water level in a surge tank due to sudden closure of pipe valve near

the inlet of water turbine.

1.2.7. Analysis of the effect of water hammer in the pipeline due to partial or full closure of the pipe valve.

1.2.8. Hydraulic analysis of water regulating structures.

1.2.9. Hydraulic analysis of pipe and box culvert.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition [2004] by Andrew Chadwick and

Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4

2.1.2. Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4

2.2.1. Douglas, Gasiorek and Swaffield, Fluid Mechanics (4th Edition), Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-582-41476-8

2.2.2. Hydraulics by Horace W. King, Chester O. Wisler and James G. Woodburn, 5th Edition,

John Wiley & Sons Incorporated.

Three fundamental laws as applied to problem solving in hydraulics (Conservation of mass,

conservation of energy and conservation of momentum). Analysis of Steady Uniform Flow;

The Chezy and Manning Equations. The critical depth meters and thin plate weirs.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

207

Readings:

Chapter 5, Open Channel flow (pages 122-129) 3

Textbook : Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick

and Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Rapidly varied flow (steady flow); the hydraulic jump; Classification of non-uniform flows

in open channels and gradually varied flow (i.e., determination of backwater profile).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 5, Open Channel flow,Steady flow (pages 138-144) 1

Textbook : Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick

and Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Hydraulic Analysis of propagation of solitary wave and surges in open channels, positive surge waves, negative

surge waves, and dam break.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 13, Unsteady Flow in Open Channels (pages 316 - 326) 3

Textbook: Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3

208

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Derivation of the two equations of motions governing gradually varied unsteady flow in open channel

(known as the St. Venant equations). Applications of the St. Venant equations to solution of hydraulic

problems involving calculations of runoff due to rainfall incident on plane surface. Numerical solution

of the St. Venant equations.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 81 - 94) Kinematic Hydrology and Modelling, Elsevier Amsterdam 3

Textbook: Kinematic Hydrology and Modelling, Elsevier Amsterdam by Stephenson and Meadows

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Threshold of movement of sediments in channel, mechanics of sediment transport, sediment transport equations,

bed load transport, suspended load transport.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 9, Sediment Transport (pages 283 -306) 3

Textbook : Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick

and Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Design of stable alluvial channel (trapezoidal channel using shear force method).

209

Design of most efficient section of trapezoidal channel.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Section 15.4, Design of stable alluvial channel(pages 498 -501) 1

Textbook : Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick

and Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4

Section 8.5.2.1, Critical Tractive Force Theory (pages 188 - 189) 1

Textbook: Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Hydraulic analysis of simple pipeline. Pipe flow formulas (the Chezy equation, Manning's formula).

Pipe Flow formula in turbulent flow (Darcy-Weisbach formula, White-Colebrook Equation, Barr Formula).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 116 - 140) 3

Textbook: Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

of uniform pipeline

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Design of uniform pipeline, pipes in series and pipes in parallel.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

210

Readings

Chapter 4: Flow of Incompressible Fluid in pipelines (pages 87 - 115) 3

Textbook: Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Pump - pipeline system analysis and design

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 6: Pump- pipeline system analysis and design (pages 145 - 164) 3

Textbook: Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Pipe Network analysis using the Hardy cross method and the Linear Theory Method .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 116 - 140) 3

Textbook: Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

211

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

The principle of transient pressure/surge pressure in an incompressible fluid in a

pipeline/valve system: Variation of flow in Surge Tank: unsteady compressible flow in

a rigid pipeline: unsteady compressible flow in an elastic pipeline.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 6, Pressure surge in pipelines(pages 185-201) 3

Textbook : Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick

and Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4

Chapter 12: Mass oscillations and pressure transient in pipeline (pages 298 -315) 3

Textbook: Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Descriptive treatment of Dams: Spillways, Stilling basins, Gates, Weirs, Headworks,

Hydraulic Analysis of pipe and box culvert, venturi flume and weir.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 15 Hydraulic structures (pages 361 - 380) 4

Textbook: Civil Engineering Hydraulics by C. Nalluri & R.E. Featherstone, 5th Edition

ISBN 978-1-4051-6195-4

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

212

Wave motion, linear wave theory, surf zone processes ,wave prediction from wind records

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 8 Wave Theory (pages 216 -274) 4

Textbook : Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick

and Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Dimensional analysis using indicial method, Pi Buckingham theorem and Matrix method, Hydraulic model.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter11 : Dimensional analysis and theory of physical models(pages371 -397)

Textbook : Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition by Andrew Chadwick

and Martin Borthwick ISBN 0-415-30609-4

Revision of lecture notes 7

Solving Problems 5

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment

Class Tests 25% 50%

Computer Programme Exercises 25% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

213

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Computer Exercise 1 Week 3 - 7 10%

i) Computer program( using any programming language or spreadsheet ) for an explicit numerical solution of the

St. Venant equations

Computer Exercise 2 Week 9 - 10 5%

ii) Computer program (using any programming language or spreadsheet ) for the preparation of tailwater

rating curve of a vertical sluice gate of an irrigation scheme

Computer Exercise 3 Week 11 - 12 5%

iii) Computer program (using any programming language or spreadsheet ) for the numerical solution

of pipeline network analysis using Linearization method

Computer Exercise 4 Week 13 - 14 5%

iv) Computer program (using any programming language or spreadsheet ) for the numerical solution

of variation of velocity and water level in a Surge Tank

Class Test 1 Week 7 13%

Class Test 2 Week 13 12%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50%

(ie. 50/100) in the final examination.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

214

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work

is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more

serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even

lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

215

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

216

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC610 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Title: ODEs & Numerical Analysis Credit Points 14

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour tutorial class per week.

LABS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of Labs per week.

SELF DIRECTED LEARNING Students are to spend about 7 - 9 hours per week for this unit.

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit

according to the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Engineering Computation 2 (BEN601)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the unit shall be posted on Moodle or

Class shares. Students are required to check emails regularly for

communication from the lecturer.

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 14

Field Trip(s) 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 106

Self Directed Learing (Mid-Term Break) 10

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 10

Total Recommended Learning Hours 210

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

Numerical Analysis plays an indispensable role in solving real life mathematical, physical and engineering

problems. Numerical computations have been in use for centuries even before digital computers appeared on the

scene. Great Mathematicians like Gauss, Newton, Lagrange, Fourier and many others developed numerical

techniques. Numerical analysis is an approach to solving complex mathematical problems using simple

approximating operations and carrying out an analysis on the resulting errors. Major topics in numerical analysis

include interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration.

217

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

Upon completion of this paper, students should be able to:

1.2.1 Evaluate first order ODEs

1.2.2 Evaluate second order ODEs

1.2.3 Apply Numeric methods for solving equations using MATLAB

1.2.4 Evaluate using various techniques of numerical integration.

1.2.5 Solving linear systems of equations

1.2.6 Apply numeric methods for fitting straight lines or parabolas and for matrix eigen value problems

1.2.7 Apply basic methods for numeric solution of ODEs

1.2.8 Apply basic methods for numeric solution of PDEs.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,10th Edition [2011]

Supplementary notes will either be given during the lectures or placed on class share.

Notices & Announcements, Unit descriptor, Assessment and Assessment details, and supplementary notes

(details) will be provided.

Week 1: First Order Ordinary Differential Equations

1. Basic Concepts : Modelling

2. Initial Value Problems

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 1 2

pages 2 - 8)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

218

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6

1. Direction Fields

2. Separable ODE's modeling

3. Exact ODE's : Integrating Factors

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 1 3

pages 9 - 25)

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

1. Linear ODE's : Bernoulli's Equation

2. Population Dynamics

3. Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 1 3

pages 26 - 41)

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

219

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

1. Homogeneous linear ODE's of second order

2. Homogeneous linear ODE's with Constant coefficients

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 2 3

pages 45 - 58)

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

1. Modelling: Free Oscillations (Mass - Spring System)

2. Euler - Cauchy Equations

3. Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 2 3

pages 61 - 77)

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

220

Week 6: Second Order Ordinary Differential Equations (continued)

1. Non - Homogeneous ODE's

2. Modeling: Forced Oscillations, Resonance

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 2 3

pages 78 - 90)

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

1. Solution of Equations by Iteration

2. Interpolation

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 19 3

pages 787 - 809)

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

221

1. Spline Interpolation

2. Numeric Integration

3. Numeric Differentiation

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 19 3

pages 810 - 829)

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

1. Linear Systems: Gauss Elimination

2. Linear Systems: LU- Factorization, Matrix Inversion

3. Linear Systems: Solution by Iteration

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 20 3

pages 833 - 850)

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

222

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

1. Linear Systems: ill conditioning, Norms

2. Least Squares Method

3. Inclusion of Matrix Eigen values

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 20 3

pages 851 - 871)

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

1. Power method for Eigen values

2. Tridiagonalization and QR- Factorization

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 20 3

pages 872 - 882 )

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

223

Week 12: Numerics for ODEs and PDEs

1. Methods for First Order ODEs

2. Multi step Methods

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 21 3

pages 886 - 901)

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

1. Methods for systems and Higher order ODEs

2. Methods for Elliptic PDEs

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 21 2

pages 902 - 916)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

224

Week 14: Numerics for ODEs and PDEs (continued)

1. Methods for Parabolic PDEs

2. Methods for Hyperbolic PDEs

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Practicals 1

Field Trip(s) 0

Readings:

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley International Edition,9th Edition (Chapter 21 2

pages 922 - 929)

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 5%

Class Exercises/Quizes 10% 50%

Short Tests 35%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 4 2.5%

Assignment 2 Week 9 2.5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 20%

Quiz-1 Week 3 5%

Quiz-2 Week 11 5%

225

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary for students get a

minimum attendence of 75% and pass the coursework and score at least 50% (ie. 50/100) in the final

examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials/labs/workshops. The following grading

system will be used:

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33-5.00

A 85-89 4.00-4.27

A- 80-84 3.73-3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33-3.60

B 70-74 3.00-3.27

B- 65-69 2.67-2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33-2.60

C 55-59 2.00-2.27

C- 50-54 1.67-1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33-1.60

D 40-44 1.00-1.27

D- 35-39 0.67-0.93

E Below 35 0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0

CT Credit Transfer 0

NV Null & Void for Dishonest Practice 0

I Results Withheld/Incompleste 0

Assessment

X Continuing course 0

DNC Did Not Complete 0

CP Compassionate Pass 0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0

PT Pass Teminating 0

P Pass 0

NP Not Passed 0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

226

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps

to get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and

reassessment. Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to

the HOD. The HOD will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Final Exam: The student can apply for re-check of the grade as per the procedures laid down in the UASR.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your

work is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In

more serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may

even lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and

adding proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly

your own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

227

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC701 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Design & Analysis of Credit Points 14

Timber Structures

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 6 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according

to the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class

Shares.

TOTAL LEARNING HOURS: Contact Hours 82

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Field Trips 12

Self Directed Learning (during term) 101

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 12

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 15

Total Recommended Learning Hours 210

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

To introduce to the students the necessary knowledge for the design of timber structures.

Upon completion of this paper, students should be able to:

1.2.1. Abstract information from codes of practice as required for the design process.

1.2.2. Make appropriate use of structural design codes of New Zealand or Australia.

228

1.2.3. Describe the basic methods of design used in the Design Codes.

1.2.4. Discuss the load types and indicate reasonable value range for each.

1.2.5. Explore different loading combinations and determine worst load conditions.

1.2.6. Apply the ultimate limit design method to a simple timber structure.

1.2.7. Comment on the relationship between design methodology and serviceability.

1.2.8. Estimate wind loading on a structure in Fiji in accordande with New Zealand or

Australian Standards.

1.2.9. Calculate design live loads in accordance with the appropriate code of practice.

1.2.10. List the timber characteristics and correctly identify the characteristics of a timber sample.

1.2.11. Select an appropriate grade of timber required for a given duty.

1.2.12. Provide designs for common structural elements made of timber.

1.2.13. Analyse the elements and use the results to suggest suitable sizes for the members.

1.2.14. Analyse tension and compression members, design stringers and struts.

1.2.15. Analyse transversely loaded members; design cantilever and simply supported beams.

1.2.16. Describe the various methods for connecting members of a timber frame.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan, New Zealand Timber Industry Federation, Inc.,( 2007)

2.2.1. Code of Practice for Light Timber Buildings not requiring specific design

2.2.2. Fiji National Building Code

2.2.3. Australian and New Zealand Standards

Week 1: Introduction

Review of the Design Timber Standard (NZS 4203 and 3603 and AS3600:2003), Serviceability and

Ultimate Limit State.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

229

Sections 1.5 to 1.10, pages 270-280 of AS3600:2003 HB2.2-2003, and Section 5.4.3, page 66 of NZS 2

4203:1992

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 2: Wind Load

Wind Load analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Sections 2.1 to 3.4.7, pages 9-28 of AS1170.2:1989 3

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 3: Wind Load (Continued)

Wind Load analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Sections 3.4.8 to 4.4.6 of AS1170.2:1989 3

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

230

Week 4: Floor Framing Plan

Computation of Dead Load and Live Load

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Sections 3.1.1 to 3.4.2.1, pages 25 - 29 of NZS 4203.2:1992 1

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Designing of the floor framing plan of a two (2) storey residential house.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Field Trip 6

Readings:

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Structural Design of transversely loaded elements. The design included the determination of Flexural Strength,

Vertical Shear Strength, End Bearing Strength Strength, Actual Defelction of the beam (Beam Design includes

Floor Joist and Bearer).

No of Lectures 4

231

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapters 10 (pages 101-110), 11 (pages 117-123) and 16 (pages 191-197)of Timber Design Guide by 1

Dr. Andrew Buchanan

Sections 2.1.1 to 2.4.7 (pages 281-298) of AS3600:2003 Design Properties of Structural Timber 2

Elements

Sections 3.2.1 to 3.2.8 (pages 299-307) of AS3600:2003 Beam Design 1

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 7: Trusses

Structural Design Analysis of Timber trusses by Graphical and Analytical solution.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Field Trip

6

Readings:

Chapter 18 (pages 207-213) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 8: Columns

Structural Design of Compression Members: Axially loaded columns.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

232

Chapter 12 (pages 137-141) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 2

Sections 3.3 to 3.6.2 (pages 307-313) of AS3600:2003 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Structural Design of eccentrically loaded column , in one direction and in both directions.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 12 (pages 137-141) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 1

Sections 3.3 to 3.6.2 (pages 307-313) of AS3600:2003 1

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

The Hankinson formulas for inclined stress in jointed connection.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Sections 4.4.1 to 4.4.6 (pages 331-344) of AS3600:2003 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 11: Top Chord

233

Structural Design of Top Chord of a Timber truss, Pure Compression Member or Compression Member

combined with bending.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Sections 10 (pages 87-115), and 11 (pages 117-122) of The Code of Practice for Light Timber Buildings 3

not Requiring Specific Design

Chapter 18 (pages 207-213) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 1

Sections 3.5 to 3.6 (pages 39-40) of NZS3603:1993 1

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 12: Bottom Chord

Structural Design of Bottom Chord of a Timber Truss.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc

0

0

Readings:

Chapter 18 (pages 207-213) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 2

Sections 3.4 to 3.6 (pages 39 - 40) of NZS3603:1993

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Design of Timber Roof Purlins.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

234

0

Readings:

Chapters 10, 11 , 15 (pages 181-189) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 1

Sections 2.1.1 to 2.4.7 (pages 281-298) of AS3600:2003 Design Properties of Structural Timber 1

Elements

Sections 3.2.1 to 3.2.8 (pages 299-307) of AS3600:2003 Beam Design 1

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 14: Purlins (Continued)

Design of Timber Roof Purlins.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapters 10, 11 , 15 (pages 181-189) of Timber Design Guide by Dr. Andrew Buchanan 3

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

4.0 Assessment

Minim

um

Component Weighting Level

Assignment 15%

Class Tests 35% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Weigh

Assessment Date

ting

235

Assignment 1 Week 7 7.5%

Assignment 2 Week 15 7.5%

Class Test 1 Week 7 17.5%

Class Test 2 Week 15 17.5%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the final examination.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

236

Dissatisfaction with Assessment

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work

is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more

serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even

lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

237

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC702 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Design & Analysis of Credit

Steel Structures Points 14

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 6 - 8 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to

the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on

Class Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly

for communication from the lecturer

HOURS: 82

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Field Trips 12

Self Directed Learning (during term) 99

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 14

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 15

Total Recommended Learning Hours 210

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

To introduce to students the design construction and use of hot rolled and cold formed structural

steel as an alternative construction materials in design and construction of vertical structures ,

like completion of structural design leading to the construction of residential houses and buildings.

238

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

Upon completion of this paper, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Explain the general principles of structural steel design;

1.2.2. Explain the chemical composition of structural steel as a construction materials

1.2.3. Describe the basic methods of design used in the Design Codes (Australia or

New Zealand Standard).

1.2.4. Discuss the load types and indicate reasonable value range for each loading.

and explore different loading combinations to determine worse load conditions.

1.2.5. Apply the principle of Limit state design principle to a simple structure.

1.2.6. Explain the methods of structural analysis of steel structures.

1.2.7. Design structural steel members subject to bending

1.2.8. Design structural steel members subject to axial compression.

1.2.9. Design structural steel members subject to axial tension

1.2.10. Design structural steel members subject to combined actions.

1.2.11. Design a suitable steel connection for a particular duty using either bolts or welds.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Design of steel structures , 2nd Edition [2009] by Boris Presler, T.Y. Lin and John B. Scalzi

2.1.2.Structural steelwork Design, 2nd Edition by L.J Morris and D.R. Plum, ISBN 0 -582 23088 -8

2.1.3. Australian Standard 3600 (HB 2.2 - 2003)

2.2.1. Structural Steelwork (Design to Limit state Theory) by Dennis Lam , Thien Cheong Ang and

Sing-Ping Chiew ISBN 0 7506 59122

2.2.2.Steel Designers' Manual 6th Edition, The Steel Construction Institute , Edited by Buick Davison and

Graham Owens Blackwell Science

2.2.3. Fiji National Building Code

2.2.4. Australian and New Zealand Standards

2.2.5. Structural Steel Design 5th Edition by Jack C. McCormac

General principles of structural steel design ; which includes classification of steel

structures, connections, fabrication, erection, fire proofing, corrosion protection,

239

safety of structures and structural failures.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 1 pages 1-26 , Textbook - Design of Steel Structures by Boris Bresler, T.Y. Lin & John B. 3

Scalzi

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

6

Materials of structural steel and brittle fracture and fatigue; mechanical properties, effect of

temperature, light gauge steel, wires and cables castings,bolt steel filler metal for welding.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 2 and Chapter 3 , pages 32 - 77 , Textbook - Design of Steel Structures by Boris Bresler, 3

T.Y. Lin & John B. Scalzi

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Structural steel beams in building, including design of members subject to bending ( with full

lateral restraint and beams without full lateral restraint)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

240

0

Readings:

Section 5, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 173 - 201 3

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Structural Design of transversely loaded elements. The design includes the determination of

Flexural strength (Nominal Section Capacity) , Vertical Shear Strength (Nominal Web Member

Capacity), beam crippling and finding actual beam deflection.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Section 5, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 173 to 201 4

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Elastic Design, plastic design, serviceability check for eaves deflection

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 9 , Portal Frames , page 246 - 282 , Structural Steelwork (Design to Limit State Theory) 3

by Dennis Lam , Thien Cheong Ang and Sing -Ping Chiew, ISBN 0 7506 59122

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

241

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Structural Design of pure compression members

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Section 6, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 202 to 211 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Structural Design of pure tension members

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Field Trip 6

Readings:

Section 7, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 212 to 214 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Structural Design of steel members subject to combined action

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

242

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Section 8, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 215 to 221 2

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Week 9: Connections

Connections and details of structural steel members

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Field Trip

Readings:

Section 9, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 223 to 242 3

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Erection and Fabrication of different parts of structural steel building

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Section 14 and 15, AS 3600 (HB 2.2 -2003), pages 243 to 258 3

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

243

Week 11: Crane Girders

Analysis and design of Crane Girders

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 5 , pages 52 - 64 Textbook: Structural steelwork Design, 2nd Edition by L.J Morris and 2

D.R. Plum

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Single storey building - Portal Frame construction

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 13 , pages 226 - 279 Textbook: Structural steelwork Design, 2nd Edition by L.J Morris 3

and D.R. Plum

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Single storey building - Portal Frame construction

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

244

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 13 , pages 226 - 279 Textbook: Structural steelwork Design, 2nd Edition by L.J Morris 3

and D.R. Plum

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Drawings, general recommendations, steel sections, bolts welds trusses and lattice girders

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 12 , Sttelwork detailing, page338-349 , Structural Steelwork (Design to Limit State 2

Theory)

by Dennis Lam , Thien Cheong Ang and Sing -Ping Chiew, ISBN 0 7506 59122

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Workshops N/A

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

245

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 10%

Assignment 2 Week 13 10%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

50/100) in the final examination.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

246

Dissatisfaction with Assessment

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

get redress of their grievance.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work

is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more

serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even

lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

247

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC703 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Geotechnical Engineering Credit Points 16

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 6 - 10 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according

to the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class

Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for

communication from the lecturer

TOTAL LEARNING HOURS: Contact Hours 82

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Field Trips 12

Self Directed Learning (during term) 115

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 20

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 23

Total Recommended Learning Hours 240

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

The unit deals the importance of soil exploration in determining the properties and behaviour

of soil subjected to self weight and external load of vertical engineering structure. It also includes

design and analysis of bearing capacity of soil foundation, lateral earth pressure exerted by soil

on retaining walls, design and analysis of cantilever and anchored sheet pile wall, axial capacity of

single pile and group of piles used as foundation, and bearing capacity of rock foundation.

248

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

Upon completion of this paper, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Calculate shear strength of cohesive and cohesionless soil (graphical and analytical solution).

1.2.2. Analyze bearing capacity of shallow foundation using Terzaghi principle.

1.2.3. Analyze bearing capacity of shallow foundation using Meyerhof principle.

1.2.4. Calculate lateral earth pressure on retaining wall by Rankine Theory.

1.2.5. Calculate lateral earth pressure on retaining wall by Coulomb Wedge Theory.

1.2.6. Design and proportioning of concrete retaining Walls.

1.2.7. Design a Cantilevered Sheet Pile Wall.

1.2.8. Design an Anchored Sheet Pile Wall.

1.2.9. Analyze slope stability of road embankment by Swedish/ordinary method of slices.

1.2.10. Analyze slope stability of road embankment by Bishop's simplified method of slices.

1.2.11. Pile Driving formulas; Engineering News formula and Danish formula

1.2.12. Calculate axial capacity of single pile and group of piles foundations.

1.2.13. Calculate bearing capacity of rock foundations.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das, 6th Edition [2007], ISBN-13: 978 - 0 - 495 - 08246 - 0

2.2.1. Foundation Design by Wayne C. Teng; ISBN-0-87692-033

Purpose and importance of subsurface exploration; preparation of boring logs.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 2, pages 60 - 120 ;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition 5

Revision of lecture notes 3

249

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

Shear strength of cohesive and cohesionless soil (graphical and analytical solution).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 1, Section 1.15 -Section 1.19 pages 43 - 53 ;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 2

6th Edition

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

Shallow foundations: Ultimate Bearing Capacity using Terzaghi's bearing capacity theory.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 3, Section 3.1 - Section 3.5 pages 121 - 130 ;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 2

6th Edition

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Shallow foundations: Ultimate Bearing Capacity using Meyerhof's bearing capacity theory.

No of Lectures 4

250

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 3, Section 3.6 - Section 3.9 pages 131 - 140 ;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. 2

Das 6th Edition

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

Calculation of Lateral earth pressure on retaining wall by Rankine Theory.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 7, pages 308 - 352;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition 4

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Calculation of lateral earth pressure on retaining wall by Coulomb Wedge Theory.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Field Trip 6

Readings:

Chapter 7, pages 308 - 352;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition 2

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

251

Week 7: Retaining Wall

Proportioning and structural stability of retaining walls.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 8, pages 353 - 407;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition 4

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Design and analysis of Cantilevered Sheet Pile Wall.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 9, pages 409 - 464;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition 5

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Design and analysis of Anchored Sheet Pile Wall.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Field Trip 6

Readings:

Chapter 9, pages 409 - 464;Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 6th Edition 2

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

252

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

Analysis of slope stability by Swedish/ordinary method of slices.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings

Chapter 9, Stability of slopes (pages366 -370), Textbook: Soil Mechanics, 5th Edition by R.F. Craig 1

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 6

Analysis of slope stability by Bishop's simplified method of slices.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Slope stability - Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki , slope stability 3

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

Pile Driving formulas ,axial capacity of single Pile foundations and Group Piles

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

253

Readings:

Pile Driving formulas - Section 11.19, Chapter 11, pages 562 - 568 , Principles of Foundation 1

Engineering by Braja M. Das, 6th Edition

Single Pile - Section 11.6 , pages 509 - 561, Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 4

Group Piles - Section 11.22 ,pages 573 -581, Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das 1

Revision of lecture notes 1

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

Week 13: Applications of Rock Mechanics to Foundation Engineering

Rock foundations, stresses and deflections in rock under footings, deep foundations in rock,

subsiding and swelling rocks.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 9 (pqges341 -383) 4

Introduction to Rock Mechanics 2nd Edition by Richard Goodman ISBN 0-471 -81200-5

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

Allowable bearing pressures on footings on rock.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 9 (pqges341 -383) 2

Introduction to Rock Mechanics 2nd Edition by Richard Goodman ISBN 0-471 -81200-5

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 7

254

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 3 3%

Assignment 2 Week 5 3%

Assignment 3 Week 7 4%

Assignment 4 Week 10 4%

Assignment 5 Week 12 3%

Assignment 6 Week 13 3%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the final examination.

Letter Grade Scale: The following grading scales would be used

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

255

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work

is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more

serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even

lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

256

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC704 Semester : 1 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Engineering Hydrology Credit Points 16

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 8 - 12 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to

the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Hydraulics 2 (BEC607)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class

Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for

communication from the lecturer

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 157

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 6

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 7

Total Recommended Learning Hours 240

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to the Bachelor of Civil Engineering Programme and hope that you will find it enriching and

interesting. This course will introduce to you the scientific principles of determining the flood design discharge

of rivers for purposes of water engineering structures design.

To introduce to the students the scientific principles of calculating design discharge "Q" of a river for

design purposes of water engineering structures ( i.e, dam, spillway, culverts bridges and others).

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

257

1.2.1. Explain the Hydrologic cycle; uses of engineering hydrology; surface runoff, flood hydrology and catchment

scale; basic hydrologic principles, precipitation, temporal and spatial variation of precipitation and storm

analysis

1.2.2. Explain the composition of the atmosphere; vertical divisions of the atmosphere; heat exchange

processes in the atmosphere; air temperature; atmospheric pressure.

1.2.3. Explain the meaning of Hydrologic abstractions and estimate the amount of infiltration , evapotranspiration,

and percolation capacity of soil.

1.2.4. Explain the hydrologic instruments used in measurement of precipitation, evaporation and

evapotranspiration, infiltration and soil moisture measurements

1.2.5. Determine design dischage of a river using Log Pearson III probabilistic analysis (Annual series &

partial series) based on Australian Rainfall and Runoff, Volume 1 and Volume 2.

1.2.6. Determine design dischage of a river by Probabilistic Rational Method using the Intensity Frequency

Duration Curve (IFD Curve) for a return period of 1,2,5,10,20,50 or 100 years .

1.2.7. Determine design dischage of a river by Probabilistic Rational Method using the Unit hydrograph.

1.2.8. The Unit Hydrograph method of estimating design discharge of a river

1.2.9. Determine design dischage of a river using runoff routing equation.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Engineering Hydrology by Victor Miguel Ponce – Internet [2007]

2.1.2 Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 and Volume 2

2.1.3 Water and Wastewater Technology , 6th Edition Mark J. Hammer and Mark J. Hammer Jr.

ISBN 0-13- 17452 -5

2.1.4 Manual of Meterology, Department of the Environment and Heritage, Bureau of Meteorology, Australia

2.2.1 Hydrology and the Management of Watersheds by Kenneth B rooks, Peter F. Ffolliot, Hans M. Gregersen and

Leonard F. Debano, ISBN 0-8138 - 2985 -2

2.2.2 Holman J.P. Heat Transfer, 8th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1997.

2.2.3 Incropera F.P. & De Witt D.P. Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, 5th Ed. Wiley, 2001

2.2.4 Sayers A. Fluid Mechanics 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002

2.2.5 Engineering Hydrology by E.M. Wilson ISBN 333-17443-7

2.2.6 Applied Hydrology by Ven Te Chow, David R. Maidment & Larry W. Mays, McGraw-Hill Book Company,

ISBN 0-07-100174-4

258

Week 1:Introduction

Definition of Hydrology and engineering hydrology; the Hydrologic cycle; uses of engineering hydrology;

surface runoff, flood hydrology and catchment scale; basic hydrologic principles, precipitation, temporal

and spatial variation of precipitation and storm analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapters 1 & 2 (pages 1- 32), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 4

Revision of lecture notes 2

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

Week 2: Atmosphere

The composition of the atmosphere; vertical divisions of the atmosphere; heat exchange processes in the

atmosphere; air temperature; atmospheric pressure

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapters 1 to 5(pages 1 - 18), Manual of Meterology, Department of the Environment and Heritage, 7

Bureau of Meteorology, Australia

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Hydrologic abstractions ; infiltration formulas and indexes ,evaporation, percolation, evapotranspiration

catchment properties and surface runoff, stream types and baseflow and river stages.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

259

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 2 (pages 33 - 76), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 4

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Flow rating curves; their determination, adjustment and extension; duration of run off; catchments

characteristics and their effects on run off, climatic factors, rainfall, run off correlation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 2 (pages 77 - 83), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 2

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Explain the hydrologic instruments used in measurement of precipitation, evaporation and

evapotranspiration, infiltration and soil moisture measurements

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 3 (pages 94 - 114) , Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 3

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

260

Week 6: Frequency Analysis

Determination of design discharge of a river using Log Pearson III Probabilistic Analysis

(Annual series and partial series) for an Annual Exceedance Probability (design period) of 1,2 5, 10 ,20,50 and 100

years; Treatment of flood outliers based on Australian standard (ARR Vol 1 and Vol 2).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 6 (pages 217 - 223), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 1

Section 2, Book 4 ( pages 25 -page 64) Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 5

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Hydrology of small catchments : determination of design discharge of a river by Probabilistic Rational Method

or deterministic method using the Intensity Frequency Duration (IFD) curve.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 4 (pages 118 - 132), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 2

Section 1.3.2, Book 4 ( pages 3 - 21) Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 3

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Hydrology of midsize catchments; determination of design discharge of a river using unit hydrograph analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

261

0

Readings:

Section 5.2 Chapter 5 (pages 167-189), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices

by Victor Miguel Ponce 3

Section 2, Book 5 ( pages 25 -page 47) Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 3

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Continuation of determination of design discharge of a river using unit hydrograph analysis including change of

unit hydrograph by method of superposition, S-Hydrograph Method. Derivation of composite flood hydrograph

based on unit hydrograph using Hydrograph convolution

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Section 5.2 Chapter 5 (pages 167 - 189), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by

Victor Miguel Ponce 2

Section 2, Book 5 ( pages 25 -page 47) Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 2

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Determination of design discharge of a river using runoff routing equation(Puls Equation).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 8 (pages 252 - 301), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 4

Section 1, Book 5 ( pages 1-page 24) Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 3

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

262

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Determination of design discharge of a river through a channel using Level Pool routing

equation and by Muskingum routing equation

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 8 (pages 252 - 301), Engineering Hydrology, Principles and Practices by Victor Miguel Ponce 2

Section 1, Book 5 ( pages 1-page 24) Australian Rainfall and Runoff - Volume 1 2

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Ground Water : Introduction, basic concept, storage and movement of Groundwater

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 5, pages 107 - 150 : Hydrology and the Management of Watersheds by Kenneth B rooks, 4

Peter F. Ffolliot, Hans M. Gregersen and Leonard F. Debano, ISBN 0-8138 - 2985 -2

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Week 13: Ground Water Hydrology

Analysis of hydraulic conductivity of multiple bores for confined & unconfined aquifer

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

263

Chapter 4 (pages 126 - 131)Water and Wastewater Technology , 6th Edition Mark J. Hammer and Mark J.

Hammer Jr., ISBN 0-13- 17452 -5

Revision of lecture notes 7

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Analysis of hydraulic conductivity of multiple bores for confined & unconfined aquifer

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 4 (pages 126 - 131)Water and Wastewater Technology , 6th Edition Mark J. Hammer and Mark J.

Hammer Jr., ISBN 0-13- 17452 -5

Revision of lecture notes 12

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 25%

Class Tests 25% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 10%

i) Computer Exercises - Preparation of flood frequency analysis(Annual series and partial series), using

Log Pearson 3 Probabilistic Analysis using stream flow record of a river with at least 50 years of record

Assignment 2 Week 10 5%

ii) Computer Exercises - Preparation of Intensity Frequency Duration Curve , using ARR Volume 1 and Volume

2

264

iii) Computer exercises - Calculation of Design Discharge of a river with a return period of 1,2,5,10,20,50 and

100 years

Assignment No.3 Week 13 10%

iv) Computer exercises : Calculation of design discharge of a river using Runoff routing method(Puls equation,

Muskingum Method and level pool routing method

Class Test 1 Week 7 13%

Class Test 2 Week 13 12%

50/100) in the final examination.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

265

Dissatisfaction with Assessment

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

get redress of their grievance.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to

your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

266

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC705 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Reinforced Concrete Structures Credit Points 16

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 10 - 12 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to

the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class

Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for

communication from the lecturer

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 158

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 6

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 6

Total Recommended Learning Hours 240

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

To introduce to the students the theoretical principles and theories of design of reinforced

concrete structures, which includes strength design principles of reinforced concrete beams,

suspended floor slab and concrete column using the design criteria of AS3600. It also

encompasses the study of theories and principle of design of prestressed concrete beams

and slabs.

267

1.2 Learning Targets/Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Have a broad knowledge of reinforced concrete design principles and theories and the proper

construction materials specifications of reinforced to construct a durable reinforced concrete structures.

1.2.2. Describe standard test for determining the compressive strength of concrete (fc') and

workability of fresh concrete in the form.

1.2.3. Describe the determination of concrete steel cover based on durability, exposure

classifications and fire resistance capacity of concrete structures.

1.2.4. Design and investigate the strength capacity of reinforced concrete rectangular beams,

T Beams , L - beams , continuous beams whether singly or doubly reinforced .

1.2.5. Design a rectangular concrete beam based on the combined effect of shear, bending moment and torsion.

1.2.6. Design a suspended reinforced concrete slab whether one way, two way or a flat slab or a flat plate slab.

1.2.7. Design a short & slender reinforced concrete column.

1.2.8. Design a prestressed reinforced concrete beam and floor slab.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes [1998], ISBN 0 582 80247 4

2.1.2. Reinforced Concrete Basics - Analysis and Design of Reinfroced Concrete Structures,

R.J. Warner, S.J. Foster and Kilpatrick, ISBN 978 0 7339 8869 1

2.1.3. Australian Standards on Concrete Structures AS 3600, New Zealand Standards on Concrete Structures

2.1.4.New Zealand Standards on Concrete Structures, NZS 3101

2.2.1 Reinforced Concrete Structures , Analysis and Design by David Fanella

ISBN 978 -0-07 -163834 -0

Reinforced concrete, an overview: cement and concrete, reinforcing steel bars load paths, prestressed

concrete and structural concrete, construction methods, loads and actions, example of layout of a

reinforced concrete building.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

268

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 1, (pages 1 - 27) Reinforced Concrete Basics - Analysis and Design of Reinfroced Concrete 4

Structures, R.J. Warner , S.J. Foster and Kilpatrick

Reading lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Methods of analysis and design of reinforced concrete structures .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 2, (pages 29 - 58) Reinforced Concrete Basics - Analysis and Design of Reinfroced Concrete 3

Structures, R.J. Warner , S.J. Foster and Kilpatrick

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Reinforced concrete beams in bending: behaviour in flexure, analysis of flexural behaviour, Elastic Analysis

of

cracked sections, moment curvature relations at overload , failure criteria , effect of sustained load;

creep and shrinkage.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 5 ( pages 79 - 110)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 4

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

269

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Moment capacity of reinforced concrete beams: Concrete compressive stress block, Rectangular stress block,

balanced section, moment capacity for beams with compressive reinforcement.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 7 ( pages 150 - 166)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 3

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Strength and ductility of reinforced concrete beams: proportioning a section for strength and ductility

proportioning of doubly reinforced beams.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 7( pages 166 - 175)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 2

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Design of statically determinate beams: Design steps for non prestressed beams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

270

0

Readings:

Chapter 15 ( pages 441 - 445)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Design of continuous beams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 16 (pages 474 - 479)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Design of reinforced concrete beams ( combined bending , shear and torsion - design according to AS3600.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 13 (page 356 - page 377)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 3

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Slabs and Floor system Methods of analysis for slabs and floor system, design of reinforced concrete slab

and floor system( one way slab, two slab , flat slab, flat plate slab)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

271

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapters 17,18,19 (pages 517 - 551) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 4

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Concrete Columns : Strength and design of short columns, slenderness effects in isolated colums and

building frames

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 22 (pages 664 - 700) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 5

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Concrete Columns : slenderness effects in isolated columns and building frames

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 23 (pages 707 - 747) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 5

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Flexure in beams with prestressed: effect of prestressed on beam behaviour, behaviour of uncracked beam

Equivalent load concept, load balancing, post cracking behaviour in flexure.

272

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 6 (pages 112 - 142) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 5

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Design of prestressed beams according to AS3600

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 15 (pages 445 - 461) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 3

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Design of prestressed slab according to AS3600

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 15 (pages 445 - 461) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 2

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

273

Note: Design of reinforced member shall be done using AS3600.

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 20% 50%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 10.0%

Complete design of continuous beam ( load analysis, proportioning of size of the beam using maximum

moment,

shear analysis, check beam deflections, structural details showing bar details at each span of the beam

Assignment 2 Week 13 10.0%

Complete design of two way slab, column, and prestressed beam

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the final examination.

Letter Grade Scale: The following grading scales would be used

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

274

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to

your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

275

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC706 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Foundation Engineering Credit Points 14

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 9 - 10 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to

the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Structural Mechanics for Engineers (BEN605)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class

Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for

communication from the lecturer

TOTAL LEARNING HOURS: Contact Hours 70

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 131

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 4

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 5

Total Recommended Learning Hours 210

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

The aim of the unit is to teach the students the design principle of proportioning and designing

different kinds of foundation structures used to carry the structural loads of vertical engineering

structures. The syllabus includes the design of block wall footing, independent square pad footing ,

rectangular and combined footings, continuous footing, mat foundation, footing on piles and

concrete design analysis of gravity retaining wall.

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

276

1.2.1. Perform design analysis and calculation of block wall footing;

1.2.2. Design and proportion square, rectangular and circular spread/pad footing;

1.2.3. Design and proportion combined footing;

1.2.4. Design and proportion continuous footing;

1.2.5. Design footing on piles;

1.2.6. Analyze and design Raft/Mat foundations

1.2.7. Design and proportion concrete gravity retaining wall.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella [2011]

2.1.2. Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes [1998], ISBN 0 582 80247 4

2.1.3. Design standard AS 3600 , 2003

2.2.1 Principle of Foundation Engineering, 5th Edition by Braja M. Das ISBN -534-40752-8

Week 1: Foundations

Different kinds of shallow foundations and deep foundations

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 10, ( pages 521 - 528) Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 1

Chapter 28(pages 844 - 846)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Concrete cover, spacing of reinforcing steel bars , compressive strength of concrete.

No of Lectures 4

277

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Section 3 (pages 632 -658) AS300-2003

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Loads and reactions, sizing the base area, soil pressure distribution, general design procedure

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 10, ( pages 528 - 534 Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 1

Chapter 28 (pages 847 - 852) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Design of strip footing (Block wall footing)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 28 (pages 853 - 854) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes

5

Revision of lecture notes

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Design analysis of isolated column square footing (eccentrically loaded).

278

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 28 (pages 852 - 853) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Design analysis of isolated column rectangular footing (eccentrically loaded).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 28 (pages 852 - 853) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Supplemental Lecture notes on design of rectangular footing using AS3600 shall be provided by the unit

lecturer.

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Design analysis of isolated column circular footing (eccentrically loaded).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 28 (pages 852 - 853) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Supplemental Lecture notes on design of circular footing using AS3600 shall be provided by the unit lecturer.

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

279

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Design analysis of Combined rectangular combined footing (axially loaded and eccentrically loaded)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 10, ( pages 533 - 551) Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 3

Chapter 28 (pages 854 - 858)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Design analysis of Combined Trapezoidal footing(eccentrically loaded)

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 10, ( pages 533 - 551) Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 2

Chapter 28 (pages 854 - 858)Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Supplemental Lecture notes on design of combined trapezoidal footing using AS3600 shall be provided by

the unit Lecturer.

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Design analysis of footing on piles

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

280

Chapter 10, ( pages 587 - 596) Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 1

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Design analysis of mat/raft foundations

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 10, (pages 578- 587) Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella 1

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Design analysis of concrete cantilever retaining wall

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 28 (pages 858 - 868) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 2

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Design analysis of concrete counterfort retaining wall

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

281

Chapter 28 (pages 858 - 868) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Supplemental Lecture notes on design of concrete counterfort retaining wall shall be provided by the unit 2

lecturer.

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Design analysis of concrete counterfort retaining wall

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 28 (pages 858 - 868) Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes 1

Supplemental Lecture notes on design of concrete counterfort retaining wall shall be provided by the unit

lecturer.

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 20% 50%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 10%

Complete design of isolated footing, combined footings, footing on piles, mat foundation

Assignment 2 Week 13 10%

282

Complete design of concrete cantilever retaining wall and counterfort wall

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

50/100) in the final examination.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

283

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to

your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

284

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC707 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Civil Measurement & Tendering Credit Points 16

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 8 - 12 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to

the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Design & Analysis of Steel Structures (BEC702)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class Shares.

Students are required to check their emails regularly for communication from the

lecturer

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 152

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 9

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 9

Total Recommended Learning Hours 240

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

To prepare the students the necessary knowledge and determination of the quantity of

construction materials, unit costing and preparation of tender of contrat works.

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

1.2.1. Describe the standard methods of measurement of civil engineering works.

285

1.2.2. Discuss the processes and requirements of internationally accepted engineering standards of

civil measurements.

1.2.3. Discuss the purpose of the schedule of quantities of civil engineering works.

1.2.4. Name, define and describe the various trades as featured in the schedule of quantities of

civil engineering works, methods of schedule preparation, identification of working sections.

1.2.5. Describe the standard layout (format) for schedules of quantities.

1.2.6. Discuss the order of taking off quantities.

1.2.7. Explain the need for uniformity in measurement and the number of units involved, how to

handle "extra over" items and miscellaneous items such as query sheets preamble.

1.2.8. To measure earthworks, concrete works, reinforcing steel, structural steel, block work,

masonry, tanking, piling, roads and paving, pipeworks, shafts and tunnels.

1.2.9. To prepare and check tender documents, fluctuation cost, pre tender planning, liaison,

construction method, site layout, program and organization.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Basic Building Measurement, 2nd Edition by Paul Marsden

2.1.2. Estimating for Builders and Surveyors, 2nd Edition by Ross D. Buchan, F. W. Eric Fleming and Fiona E.K.

Grant

2.1.3. New Zealand Standard, Code of Practice for Measurement of Civil Engineering Quantities,

NZS 4224:1983

2.1.4. Estimating and Tendering of Civil Engineering Works - 2nd Edition by Baldwin, Andrew .N. , ISBN 0-632-

02952-8

2.1.5. New Zealand Standard, Standard method of measurement of building works, NZS 4202:1995

2.2.1. The Quantity Surveyors Handbook, New Zealand Institute of Quantity Surveyors, NZ,

Hall D. Elements of Estimating

2.2.2. Puerifoy R., Estimating & Cost Contract.

2.2.3. Wood R. Rd. Wood on Principles of Estimating.

2.2.4. Rawlinson's Price Guide.

2.2.5. Fiji Standard Form of Building Contract (without quantities)

286

Description of the standard methods of measurement of civil engineering works: Discussion of the processes

and requirements of internationally accepted engineering standards of civil measurements.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

The Measurement Process, (pages 11 - 19) Textbook: Basic Building Measurement, 2nd Edition by Paul 2

Marsden

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Discussion of the purpose of the schedules of quantities of civil engineering works: Names, definitions

and descriptions of the various trades as featured in the schedule of quantities of civil engineering works:

Methods of schedule preparation: Identification of working sections: The standard layout (format) for

schedules of quantities.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Scope and General, pages 7 - 10, NZS 4224 : 1983 Code of Practice for Measurement of Civil Engineering 1

Quantities

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Establishment of a uniform basis for measurement of work, discussion of elements of "good measurement

practice", Descriptions of work activities.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

287

Preliminaries, pages 13 - 15, NZS 4224 : 1983 Code of Practice for Measurement of Civil Engineering 1

Quantities

1

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Review of rules of measurement:Important considerations when measuring works including accuracy,

precision, quantity and quality of work measured .

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Bill of Quantities, (pages 5 - 10) Textbook: Basic Building Measurement, 2nd Edition by Paul Marsden 1

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Setting out of take off sheets including spacing items; use of waste columns: order of dimensions; grouping

of dimensions and deductions.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

The Billing Procedures, (pages 20 - 22) Textbook: Basic Building Measurement, 2nd Edition by Paul 1

Marsden

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

288

Discussion of the order of taking off of quantities: How to adjust for openings and voids; Order and form of

wording in description of work; review of the need for uniformity in measurement and the number of units

involved; how to handle "extra over" items. Miscellaneous items such as query sheets preambles;

prime cost (PC) items and provisional sums.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Section 38, NZS 4202 : 1995 Standard Method of Measurement of Building Works 1

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Week 7: Earthworks

Measurement of earthworks, concrete works, reinforcing steel, structural steel, block work, masonry,

tanking, piling, roads and paving, pipeworks, shafts and tunnels.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Section 3-12, pages 16 - 63, NZS 4224 : 1983 Code of Practice for Measurement of Civil Engineering 4

Quantities

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Working on Bill of Quantities, summaries and cost analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

The Measurement Process, (pages 166 - 169) Textbook: Basic Building Measurement, 2nd Edition by Paul 1

Marsden

289

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Preparation and checking tender documents, fluctuation, site visits, consultant visits, pre-tender planning,

liaison, construction method, site layout, programme, organization.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Estimating and Bill of Quantities, pages 248 - 268 , Textbook: Estimating and Tendering of Civil Engineering 2

Works - 2nd Edition by Baldwin, Andrew .N. , ISBN 0-632-02952-8

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Working on various elements involved in estimating: Cost elements. Materials element-Unit Cost,

quantities, unloading, storage and protection of material. Plant element-acquisition of plant, hire rates,

plant cost.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Trades Built up, pages 73 - 259; Textbook: Estimating for Builders and Surveyors, 2nd Edition by Ross D. 4

Buchan, F. W. Eric Fleming and Fiona E.K. Grant

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 8

Labour element - statutory requirements, industrial agreements; Incentives and bonuses to workers.

290

Output standards, control of Contractor. Direct and Indirect unit rate.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Trades Built up, pages 16 - 43; Textbook: Estimating for Builders and Surveyors, 2nd Edition by Ross D. 2

Buchan, F. W. Eric Fleming and Fiona E.K. Grant

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Company Profile, their turnover, contracts executed financial background. Budget -

Overheads, contract finance, risk involved, profit, tender margin. Bond and project insurances.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Analogous Rates, pages 249 -249; Textbook: Estimating for Builders and Surveyors, 2nd Edition by Ross D. 2

Buchan, F. W. Eric Fleming and Fiona E.K. Grant

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Firm price addition, VAT, adjudication meeting. Summary, submission, price bills, reconciliation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Estimating and Tendering Process within contractor's organization, pages 10 - 36 , Textbook: Estimating and 2

Tendering of Civil Engineering Works - 2nd Edition by Baldwin, Andrew .N. , ISBN 0-632-02952-8

291

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Firm price addition, VAT, adjudication meeting. Summary, submission, price bills, reconciliation.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Estimating and Tendering Process within contractor's organization, pages 10 - 36 , Textbook: Estimating and 2

Tendering of Civil Engineering Works - 2nd Edition by Baldwin, Andrew .N. , ISBN 0-632-02952-8

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 10%

Assignment 2 Week 13 10%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

50/100) in the final examination.

292

Letter Grade Scale: The following grading scales would be used

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

293

Final Exam: The student can apply for re-check of the grade as per the procedures laid down in the UASR.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to

your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

294

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC708 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Design of Masonry Structures (Project)

Credit Points 14

LECTURES: Students are to attend 2 x 2 hours of lectures for 12 weeks of the semester.

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial for 12 weeks of the semester.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED LEARNING Students are to spend about 8 - 10 hours per week for this unit.

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according

to the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class Shares.

Students are required to check their emails regularly for communication from the

lecturer

Lectures 48

Tutorials 12

Project/Laboratory works to complete the project 38

Self Directed Learning (during term) 112

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break)

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks)

Total Recommended Learning Hours 210

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

The aim of the unit is to expose the student to learn structural design and analysis of three (3) storey

reinforced concrete building. The design includes the preparation of one complete set of architectural,

structural, plumbing and electrical plans needed to construct a three storey concrete building.

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

295

1.2.1 Do the complete actual structural and architectural design of a three (3) storey reinforced concrete building.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Reinforced Concrete Structures, Analysis and Design by David A. Fanella [2011]

2.1.2. Concrete Structures by Warner, Rangan, Hall & Faulkes [1998], ISBN 0 582 80247 4

2.1.3. Design standard AS 3600 , 2003

[No text are required in this unit but the student will be guided by the unit lecturer on the proper

design steps and procedures to complete the design of a three-storey building according to AS 3600.]

Research materials

Appropriate Journal papers/Literature from Books/Reports/Standards/Conference proceedings

2.3 Class Shares

To be given by the Lecturer

3.1 Teaching/Learning Method

The unit is a full time class-based unit; it can be conducted 4 hours every lecture week with the

unit lecturer supervising, encouraging and guiding the student using the individual tutorial

technique on the things that should be done to complete the design. In this teaching method the student

is required to defend his structural design analysis pursuant to the internationally accepted Code of

Engineering practice. The tutorial sessions will serve as an actual training for the students to experience

the inter-personal relationships he will encounter in the construction industry. The series of tutorial

sessions culminates in the design presentation which should be done in front of the Design Panel. The

student should convince the Design Panel on the accuracy and structural reliability of his design analysis.

To do this the student need not only to show the soundness of his solution but must also prove that

his/her design analysis satisfy the requirement of Service Limit State and Strength Limit State of the

Engineering Design Code he/she adopted. The student must also identify the beneficiaries of the

proposed works. These beneficiaries may be private individuals, groups, or commercial enterprises or

any government owned or controlled corporations. Whichever is the case the benefits must be clearly

stated and the object of the benefit clearly identified.

The Civil design practice is scheduled on year4 semester 2 of the programme, and the student

might experience time constraint problem in completing the design. To overcome the time constraint

problem, students who have been able to get employment in the industry/work attachment are

encouraged to seek and discuss their design with their line manager/supervising engineer.

296

3.3 Scope of Design of Masonry Structures

Design of Three (3) Storey Reinforced Concrete Building (Ultimate Strength Design)

a) Roof Beams

b) Columns

c) Suspended concrete floor slab

d) Foundations concrete footings

a) Architectural Plans

ii) Rear, Side and Front elevation of the project

b) Structural Plans

i) Roof Framing Plan showing truss connection details and truss diagrams,

roof beam layout with beam sections and bar details

ii) Floor Framing Plan showing beam layout with beam sections and bar details

iii) Foundation Plan showing columns and footing layout with columns and footing

297

details

8. Electrical Plans

The structural design analysis should be done using manual computation and not by the use of any

software computer program. It is deemed important that the student learn first the manual and

conventional means of computing deflection, moment, shear and torsion requirement before use of any

software computer program. This will give him/her first hand information and sufficient theoretical

knowledge needed in the mastery of structural analysis. Structural analysis and computation of reactions,

shear and moment shall be done by Frame analysis using either the Moment Distribution, Slope

Deflection Method or any elastic analysis learned by the students during his/her previous academic

period. The results should be checked and compared with the result of the structural analysis by using

computer software program.

In the analysis of moment, shear and torsion, the building layout should

properly indicate the two main directions of the building as North- South and East-West (N-S and E-

W).The building should be arranged on a regular grid of columns .The grid lines in the N-S direction

should be labeled A, B, C, D and E and 1,2,3,4 and 5 in the E-W direction. The location of the stairwells,

lifts, service shafts and toilets should also be properly indicated in the floor plan.

a) Appropriate concrete grade and steel cover for beams, slabs, columns and footings

shall be done pursuant to durability and fire resistance requirement of the Service Limit State of the

provisions of the Design Code adopted by the student.

b) Bar detailing requirement shall be based on the Design code adopted by the student.

c) Strength reduction factor for beam, slab and column shall be based from the

design Code adopted by the student.

d) Superimposed dead load and live load for beams and column shall be based on the

minimum requirement pursuant to the Design Code the students had adopted.

298

3. Method of analysis

Before designing the foundation footings, the student should gather complete

information on shear strength parameters of the foundation soil for the whole building. This is necessary

to determine the safe allowable bearing capacity of the foundation. The shear strength of the foundation

shall determine whether the foundation will be designed as footings on pile, independent strip footings or

as mat foundation.

shall be designed one by one. The section and reinforcing steel bar details shall be shown on the

structural plans for each beam column and footing.

The student shall personally present his structural design project for marking purposes and physical oral

presentation is a compulsory process. Failure of the student to present his work on the scheduled time or

any time extension granted to him, shall be deemed as implied withdrawal from the unit and the student

shall be required to re- enrol again the unit.

Two (2) Copies of the Design Project Report should be submitted, one for the copy of the Lecturer,

another for the reference of the candidate for his use during Final presentation.

Upon completion of the project presentation by the student, there will be question and answer session

with the unit lecturer acting as chief examiner. The aim is to determine first that the project is the student

own work and secondly that the student has a broad understanding of what has been done and why. To

achieve this, the examiner can select randomly from the project report and ask the student to explain a

passage or drawing or justify a value or an assumption. In this way the examiner will soon gain an

impression of how well versed the student is in the contents of the project report.

Preparation of Architectural design scheme of the proposed three storey reinforced concrete building.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

299

Readings:

Research Works 10

Design calculation of wind load of the building using the New Zealand Standard or Australian Standard.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 4

0

Readings:

Research Works 10

Week 3: Architectural and Structural Plans

Preparation of the architectural plan, roof framing plan, floor framing plan, ground floor plan,

foundation plan and perspective of the proposed three storey concrete building.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 4

0

Readings:

Research Works 10

10

Gathering of structural information and geotechnical data of the site where the building will be constructed.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

300

0

Readings:

Research Works 10

Computation and analysis of dead load, live load and wind load per floor of the three storey building

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

0

Readings:

Research Works 10

Structural Design analysis of Roof Trusses

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

0

Readings:

Research Works 10

Structural Design analysis of Roof Beams

No of Lectures 4

301

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

0

Readings:

Research Works 10

Structural Design analysis of Floor Beams

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

0

Readings:

Research Works 10

Week 9: Floor Slabs

Structural Design analysis of Floor Slabs

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

0

Readings:

Research Works 8

Structural Design analysis of Columns

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

302

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

Readings:

Research Works 8

Structural Design analysis of Foundation Footings.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

Readings:

Research Works 8

Design and analysis of structural bar details of beams, slabs and columns.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 3

0

Readings:

Research Works 8

Week 13: Oral Presentation

Oral presentation of the design of the three storey building.

No of Lectures 0

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 0

303

Oral Presentation 20

Readings:

Week 14: Oral Presentation

Oral presentation of the design of the three storey building.

No of Lectures 0

No. of Tutorials 0

No of Labs/Workshops/Project work etc 0

Oral Presentation 20

Readings:

6.0 Assessment

1. Gathering of design strength prameters to be used

in design analysis of building, i.e. geotechnical report

for allowable bearing capacity of foundation soil, dead Week 2 10%

load and live load

Bldg. loads from roof to Week 4 10%

Foundation Footing

2. Structural Analysis Week 6 10%

3. Design of roof ,beams,slabs

Week 9 10%

column & foundation footing

4. Preparation of RSB details

of beams,slabs,column & Week 11 10%

foundation footing

5. Preparation of architectural

structural,plumbing and Week 13 10%

electrical plan

304

Oral Presentation Week 14 & 15 40%

Attendance N/A 75%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the above-mentioned assessment. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR).

All students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

305

Should a student be dissatisfied with either the internal or external assessment, they can take the following steps to

get redress of their grievance.

Internal Assessment: The student can refer the work back to the unit coordinator for checking and reassessment.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work

is found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more

serious cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even

lead to your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing

service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

306

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

BEC709 Semester : 2 Venue: Derrick Campus Title: Airport Engineering [Elective] Credit Points 14

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 9 - 10 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according to

the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Geotechnical Engineering (BEC703)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class Shares.

Students are required to check their emails regularly for communication from the

lecturer

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 131

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 4

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 5

Total Recommended Learning Hours 210

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

The aim of the unit is to introduce to students the principle governing the planning and design of airports,

including visual flight rules and regulations, structural method of design of airport pavements, airport capacity and

delay, airport configuration, various lighting and marking system.

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

307

1.2.1. Discuss the background history of Civil Aviation, growth of air transport and future trends of civil aviation,

function of International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), sources of fund of Airport development.

1.2.2. Apply the different aircraft characteristics in relation to planning and improvement of Airport facilities.

1.2.3. Discuss visual flight rules and instrument flight rules to regulate and control air traffic of different aircrafts.

1.2.4. Discuss the meaning of airport capacity and delay, i.e. gate capacity, runway capacity and taxiway capacity.

1.2.5. Provide the means and ways of airport planning, requirements for the preparation of airport master plan,

airport site selection, land use planning and importance of environmental study in the airport development.

1.2.6. Discuss the importance of airport configuration, geometric design of landing area, planning and design of

airport terminal area, various lighting and marking system necessary for efficient working performance.

1.2.7. Analyse the different methods of structural design of airport pavements.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition [1975], ISNB 0-07-030366-5 by Robert Horonjeff

Growth of air transport and future trends, general aviation, aviation organization and their functions

(the International Civil Aviation Organization).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 1 (pages 1- 29) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISNB 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert 4

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

308

Week 2: Aircraft Characteristics

Physical characteristics of aircraft, wingspan, length, wheelbase, wheel track, maximum structural takeoff

weight,

maximum landing weight, operating weight, zero fuel weight, number and type of engine, payload, and runway

length, turning radii, wing tip vortices, effect of aircraft performance on run way length for general aviation

aircraft.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 3 (pages 45 - 87) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition by Robert Horonjeff 3

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

History of air traffic control, approach control, capacity, airport traffic control tower, air traffic separation rules,

navigational aids, aids for the control of air traffic automation in terminal and en-route air traffic control procedures.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 4 (pages 88-109) Planning & Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert 3

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time)

9

Definition of capacity, factors that affect the capacity of airport, computation of annual airport capacity, runway

capacity, taxiway capacity. Airport system, airport master plan, airport requirements, airport site selection,

atmospheric conditions, accessibility to ground transport, ground access, airport clearance requirements.

No of Lectures 4

309

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapters 5 and 6 (pages 110 - 192) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 by 4

Robert Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 0

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Runways, taxiways, runway configurations holding aprons, holding bays, relation of terminal area to runways and

wind analysis.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 7 (pages 193 - 210) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 by Robert 2

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Airport design standars, airport classification, run ways, sight distance and longitudinal profile, location of exit

taxiways, parallel runway spacing, separation clearances, wingtip clearance, holding aprons.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 8 (page 211 - 242) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert 3

Horonjeff

310

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

The passenger handling system, vertical distribution concept, design of the passenger terminal, baggage handling

requirements, apron-gate system, apron layout, apron utility requirements, apron lighting and marking, cargo

handling

consideration.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 9 (pages 243 - 283) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert 3

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

The passenger handling system, vertical distribution concept, design of the passenger terminal, baggage handling

requirements, apron-gate system, apron layout, apron utility requirements, apron lighting and marking, cargo

handling

consideration.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 9 (pages 243- 283) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 by Robert 2

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

311

Week 9: Lighting, Marking & Signing

Airport approach lighting, runway threshold lighting, runway edge, lighting runway centreline and touchdown zone

lights, taxiway edge and centreline lighting, taxiway guidance system.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 10 (pages 284 - 313) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 by Robert 2

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 2

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

Purpose of airport drainage, duration curve, airport surface runoff, surface drainage layout of surface drainage.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

Chapter 13 (pages 409 - 444) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 by Robert 3

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 9

The California Bearing Ratio (CBR) method of design of airport flexible pavement, design of rigid pavements,

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

Readings:

312

Chapter 13 (pages 332 - 408) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 by Robert 5

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 1

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Application of fatigue concept to traffic analysis, determination of modulus subgrade reaction, flexible pavement,

effect of frost on pavement thickness, design of overlay pavement, Portland Cement Concrete, Overlays of Portland

Cement Concrete.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 13 (pages 332 - 408) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert 2

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

Purpose of airport drainage, Intensity Frequency Duration (IFD) curve, airport surface runoff, surface drainage

layout.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 13 (pages 409 - 444) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert 2

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

313

Week 14: Airport Drainage ( continued)

Purpose of airport drainage, IFD duration curve, airport surface runoff, surface drainage layout.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 13 (pages 409 - 444) Planning and Design of Airport, 2nd Edition, ISBN 0-07-030366-5 BY Robert 2

Horonjeff

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 4

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 10

4.0 Assessment

Component Weighting Minimum Level

Assignment 20%

Class Tests 30% 50%

Final Examination 50% 50%

Attendance N/A 75%

Dates:

(a) Short Test and Other assessment will be as follows:

Assessment Date Weighting

Assignment 1 Week 8 10%

Assignment 2 Week 13 10%

Class Test 1 Week 7 15%

Class Test 2 Week 13 15%

(b) In order to pass the course, that is, to obtain a grade of C- or better, it is necessary to score at least 50% (ie.

50/100) in the final examination. It is highly recommended that students attend all tutorials.

Grade Marks Grade Point Average

A+ 90-100 4.33 - 5.00

314

A 85-89 4.00 - 4.27

A- 80-84 3.73 - 3.93

B+ 75-79 3.33 - 3.60

B 70-74 3.00 - 3.27

B- 65-69 2.67 - 2.93

C+ 60-64 2.33 - 2.60

C 55-59 2.00 - 2.27

C- 50-54 1.67 - 1.93

D+ 45-49 1.33 - 1.60

D- 35-39 0.67 - 0.93

E Below 35 0.0

DNQ Did Not Qualify 0.0

W Withdrawn from Unit 0.0

CT Credit Transfer 0.0

NV Null & Void for dishonest practice 0.0

I Result Withheld/Incomplete Assessment 0.0

X Continuing course 0.0

DNC Did not complete 0.0

CP Compassionate Pass 0.0

AEG Aegrotat Pass 0.0

PT Pass Terminating 0.0

P Pass 0.0

NP Not Pass 0.0

The academic conduct of the students is governed by the University Academic and Students Regulation (UASR). All

students must obtain a copy of the UASR from the FNU academic office and familiarize themselves with all

academic matters.

get redress of their grievance.

Following this reassessment, if the student is still dissatisfied, the student may refer the work to the HOD. The HOD

will then appoint another lecturer to examine the work and result will then stand.

315

Plagiarism is taking another person's words or ideas and using them as if they were your own. It can be either

deliberate or accidental. Plagiarism is taken very seriously in higher education. If even a small section of your work is

found to have been plagiarised, it is likely that you will be assigned a mark of '0' for that assignment. In more serious

cases, it may be necessary for you to repeat the course completely. In some cases, plagiarism may even lead to

your expulsion from the university.

1. Downloading and turning in a paper from the Web including a Web page or a paper from an essay writing service.

2. Copying and pasting phrases, sentences, or paragraphs into your paper without showing a quotation and adding

proper citation.

3. Paraphrasing or summarising a source’s words or ideas without proper citation.

4. Including a graph, table or picture from a source without proper citation.

5. Getting so much help from a tutor or writing helper that the paper or part of the paper is no longer honestly your

own work.

6. Turning in previously written work when that practice is prohibited by your instructor.

316

LECTURER: TBA

OTHER LECTURERS: TBA

Credit Points 16

TUTORIALS: Students are to attend 1 x 1 hour of tutorial.

WORKSHOPS: N/A

LABS: N/A

SELF DIRECTED Students are to spend about 11 - 12 hours per week for this unit.

LEARNING

CONSULTATION TIME Students can consult the Lecturer to discuss issues relating to the unit according

to the following day and time; (Day & Time: To be advised)

PREREQUISITE: Engineering Hydrology (BEC704)

E-INFORMATION: All pertinent information relating to the course shall be posted on Class

Shares. Students are required to check their emails regularly for

communication from the lecturer

Lectures 56

Tutorials 14

Labs/Workshops 0

Self Directed Learning (during term) 158

Self Directed Learning (Mid-Term Break) 6

Self Directed Learning (Study & Exam Weeks) 6

Total Recommended Learning Hours 240

1.0 Welcome

We welcome you to this course and hope that you will find it enriching and interesting.

To introduce to the students the design principles of water supply distribution system, sewer and sewerage system,

water treatment processes, advanced water treatment processes, effective solid waste management and

environmental impact assessment.

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

317

1.2.1. Design a water supply distribution system of a subdivision.

1.2.2. Design sewer and sewerage system of a subdivision.

1.2.3. Analyse the water treatment processes.

1.2.4. Carry out Analysis of pumps and turbines.

1.2.5. Find out the effective principle of solid waste management.

2.0 Resources

2.1 Text

2.1.1. Small Community Water Supplies , Technology of small Water Supply Systems in Developing countries,

International Reference Center for community Water supply and Sanitation (August 1981)

2.1.2 Water and Wastewater Technology , 6th Edition [2008] by Mark J. Hammer and Mark J. Hammer, Jr.

2.1.3. Davis M. and Cornwell, D.A. 919980. Introduction to Environmental Engineering (3rd Edition)

(McGraw Hill series in water resources and Environmental Engineering), McGraw-Hill College Division,

ASIN 0070159116

2.1.4. Handbook of Civil Engineering Calculations by Tyler Hicks ISBN 0-07-28814-3

2.2.1. Environmental Engineering by Bill T. Ray

Water supply and human health, water supply planning and management, water quality and quantity of

drinking

water and waterborne diseases, water sources, rainwater harvesting.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapters 1,2,3 and 4 (pages 9 - 55)Small Community Water Supplies , Technology of small Water supply 5

Systems in

Developing Countries, International Reference Center for Community Water supply and Sanitation

(August 1981)

Revision of lecture notes 3

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports 0

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

318

Week 2: Hydraulics of Pumps

Surface water intakes, artificial recharge, types of pump ( centrifugal and axial flow pumps), displacement

pump.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapters 8,9 and 10 (pages 137 - 185)Small Community Water Supplies , Technology of Small Water

Supply Systems in

in Developing Countries, International Reference Center for Community Water supply and Sanitation 4

(August 1981)

Revision of lecture notes 4

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Water chemistry : chemical water analysis, hydrogen ion concentration and pH, organic compounds,

organic matter in

wastewater , laboratory chemical analysis. Microbiology: Bacteria and fungi, protozoa and multicellular

animals,

viruses , algae, waterborne diseases, giardia and cryptosporidium , coliform bacteria as indicator organisms,

biochemical oxygen demand, Carbonaceous biochemical oxygen demand, Nitrogenous biochemical oxygen

demand.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapters 1 and 2(pages 5 - 85) Water and wastewater Technology , 6th Edition by Mark J. Hammer 3

and Mark J. Hammer, Jr.

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Water transmission : Types of water conduits, design considerations, hydraulic design, water transmission

319

by pumping, pipe materials. Types of distribution system , distribution system design valves,

backflow preventers, fire hydrants, design layout of distribution system, evaluation of distribution system.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 6 (pages 186 - 203) Water and wastewater Technology , 6th Edition Mark J. Hammer and

Mark J. Hammer, Jr. 1

Chapters 18 & 19(pages 317 - 359)Small Community Water Supplies ,Technology of small Water supply

Systems in

Developing Countries, International Reference Center for Community Water supply and Sanitation 2

(August 1981)

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

Water Treatment method for water supply system: aeration, coagulation and flocculation, sedimentation,

slow sand

filtration, rapid sand filtration and disinfection. Typical water treatment plant: inlet screen, preliminary settling

tank, rapid

tank mixer, flocculation basins, sedimentation basins, rapid sand filter, chlorination contact tank.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 7, pages 209 - 249) Water and wastewater Technology , 6th Edition Mark J. Hammer and

Mark J. Hammer, Jr. 1

Chapters 11 to 17 (pages 191-312)Small Community Water Supplies ,Technology of small Water supply

Systems

in Developing Countries, International Reference Center for community Water supply and Sanitation 2

(August 1981)

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 11

320

Week 6: Water Treatment Plant

Design example of preliminary settling tank, rapid tank mixer, flocculation basins, sedimentation, filtration

and

chlorination tank (water treatment for drinking purposes).

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 3 (pages 199 - 249) Davis M. and Cornwell, D.A. 919980. Introduction to Environmental

Engineering

3rd Edition(McGraw Hill series in water resourcesand Environmental Engineering), McGraw-Hill College 3

Division.

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Wastewater microbiology: Role of microorganisms, some microbes of interest in wastewater treatment,

treatment characteristics of domestic wastewater, bacterial biochemistry, decomposition of waste

population

dynamics. Characteristics of domestic wastewater: physical characteristics of domestic wastewater,

chemical

characteristics of domestic wastewater, characteristics of industrial wastewater. On site disposal systems;

without

water carriage and with water carriage.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapter 5 (pages 339 - 360) Davis M. and Cornwell, D.A. 919980. Introduction to Environmental

Engineering

3rd Edition(McGraw Hill series in water resourcesand Environmental Engineering), McGraw-Hill 1

College Division.

Chapter 9(pages 311 - 327) Water and wastewater Technology , 6th Edition by Mark J. Hammer

and Mark J. Hammer, Jr. 1

Revision of lecture notes 5

Solving Problems 5

Preparation of Practical Reports

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

321

Week 8: Wastewater Collection System

Wastewater collection Systems: Development of a sewerage plant, quantity of sewage based on future

population,

methods of predicting future population and extent of predicitions, infiltration and exfiltration, Hydraulics of

sewers; flow in

sewers , circular pipes running full, flow in circular pipes flowing partly full. Design of storm sewer system and

sanitary

sewer system.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapters 2 to 4 (pages 10 - 97)Sewerage & sewage treatment, Harold E. Babbit and E. Robert Baumann 3

8th Edition.

Revision of lecture notes 6

Solving Problems 3

Preparation of Practical Reports

Recommended Self Learning Hours (Including Reading Time) 12

Design of separate sanitary sewer system of a subdivision.

No of Lectures 4

No. of Tutorials 1

No of Labs/Workshops etc 0

0

Readings:

Chapters 5 (pages 98 -121)Sewerage & sewage treatment, Harold E. Babbit and E. Robert Baumann 8th

Edition.

Revision of lecture notes